ANALYTIC
ELOCUTION
CONTAINING STUDIES, THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL, OF EXPRESSIVE
SPEECH
'Ar
JAMES E. MURDOCH,
Author of " The Stage" and "A Plea for Spoken Language.
NOV 3 1884JJ
^»^7.«r»^
VAN ANTWERP, BRAGG & CO.
C INC INN A TI
NEW YORK
Eclectic Educational
SERIES. TtffHI
High School and College Course of Study.
White's A T ew Complete Arithmetic.
Ray's A T ew Higlier Arithmetic.
Ray's New Algebras.
Ray's Higher Mathematics.
Schuyler's Complete Algebra.
Eclectic School Geometry.
Schuyler's Principles of Logic.
Schuyler's Psychology.
Duffel's (Henneauin's) French
Method.
Buffet's French Literature.
Hepburn's English Rhetoric.
Thalheimer's Historical Series.
A T orton's Natural Philosophy.
Norton's Elements of Physics.
Norton's Elements of Chemistry.
Eclectic Physiology.
Andrezus's Elementary Geology.
Andrews's Manual of the Consti-
tution.
Gregory's Political Economy.
Studies in English Literature.
Hewett's Pedagogy.
Bartholomew' s Latin Series.
DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARS ON APPLICATION.
Copyright, 1884, by
Van Antwerp, Bragg & Co.
eclectic press:
van antwerp, bragg k co.
PREFACE
In an experience extending over forty years, I have been brought
to the conviction that vocal culture is what is most needed in the
study of Elocution ; for this reason, in the present manual I have
formulated exercises adapted to the use of classes in the different
grades of the schools. The exercises are in all cases in consonance
with nature's laws. The speaking voice, by a proper process of
training, is as capable of development in strength, beauty, and flex-
ibility as the singing voice.
The rapidity and carelessness of social and business habit in
speech, in a great measure, costs us the grace and beauty of our
language by depriving it of quantity and quality; and slovenliness
of action in the organs deprives the elements of the resonance be-
longing to their full and correct utterance. Mechanical mincing
cramps the vowels, and deprives consonants of vocal power.
The theory and practice of a true method should develop the
vocal powers, Bide by side with the growth of the mind, and by the
time the student has reached the high schools and institutions of
advanced learning, he should be able to deliver his essays and papers
with the same proficiency that he displays in their verbal or written
form.
The scholar, in gaining control and use of the voice in the expres-
sion of all the emotions, unconsciously to himself, overcomes that
constrained, awkward bearing, which in many cases arises from the
conviction that he does not know haw to do that which is required
of him.
I do not consider that the treatment of the subject in the present
manual is an exhaustive one. The art is, it may be said, in its
infancy, and certain principles require elaboration which in time
will be universally understood.
I have made use of the older authorities in all cases where I have
felt that they are as valuable as when first presented for use; — not
that I do not draw from all sources, the modern as well as those of
earlier generations. It is the student's business to keep abreast of
(iii)
iv Preface.
the times, and it is a rare thing with me to lay down any work of
merit pertaining to my art without having widened my information,
and also having noted the fact for future use.
I have not attempted an exposition of the subject matter by the
use of my own notations; I have preferred those of Rush, and
others who have followed his lead, inasmuch as the diagrams given
are finely illustrative of the principles of melodic progression and
cadence. The emphatic significance and distinctive enforcement of
these have never been exhaustively interpreted and applied to in-
structive purposes. They present a well defined method of eluci-
dating the meaning of an author, and of giving proper expression
to the sentiment or passion conveyed in language.
The notations, in all cases, are not to be considered as the fixed
and determinate modes of utterance; on the contrary, they simply
express the notator's rendering of certain passages; and the symbols
employed are capable of conveying to another the author's meaning
in the absence of vocal illustration.
Gesture of face, hands, and figure must be studied from standard
works on that subject, and should in no case be taught until spon-
taneously at the command of the teacher. In "A Plea for Spoken
Language " I have introduced Aaron Hill's studies in expression,
which I recommend to all students of Elocution. This work may be
considered as an aid to " RusselPn Vocal Culture,'" the joint work of
Prof. William Russell and myself, prepared at the time that my
School of Oratory in Boston was in operation. The methods of
Vocal Drill employed were in accordance with my studies in
anatomy and physiology, and were endorsed by many of the leading
physicians of Boston, among whom were Drs. Humphrey Storer,
Winslow Lewis, Edward Reynolds, and others.
Now that my work in the direction of general teaching is draw-
ing to a close, I dedicate to my daughter, Mrs. R. Murdoch
Hollingshead, who has been associated with me in my work, and to
the teachers of the future, the work in which I have labored to sim-
plify and make practical Dr. Rush's "Philosophy of the Voice,"
which I consider the most complete system ever offered to the
student of Elocution.
James E. Murdoch.
" Roadside," Cincinnati, O., May 15, 1884.
CONTENTS
I. — Introductory Outline of Principles
II. Mechanism of the Voice
Exercises in Breathing
Exercises in Breathing
The Catch Breath Exercise
III.— Pitch
IV.— The Concrete Movement
Concrete Intervals and Waves .
Forms of Stress on the Concrete
V. — The Elements of Language
Table of Tonic Elements
Table of Subtonic Elements
Table of Atonic Elements
VI. — Production of Tonic Sounds
VII. — Exercises on the Tonic Elements
Tables of Notation
Concrete Intervals
Discrete Intervals .
Indefinite Syllables
VIII. — Exercises on the Subtonic Elements
Tables .....
IX. — Exercises on the Atonic Elements
Tables of Short Tonics, Abrupt Subtonic, and
Atonic Elements
Division of Syllables .
X. — Exercises on the Elements in Syllabic Combinations
Tonic Elements ....
Subtonic and Atonic Elements .
Words of more than One Syllable
Articulative Exercises .
XI. — Articulation and Vocal Culture .
Words
Studies in Enunciation
XII. — Implication, with Exercises for Practice
(v)
9
12
16
19
23
27
31
35
36
38
38
43
44
46
56
56
56
63
65
68
7i
76
79
83
85
85
87
89
92
96
99
103
116
VI
Contents.
CHAPTER
XIII.— The Mode of Utterance
XIV.— Quality
Examples in Natural Quality
The Call .
Orotund Quality .
Aspirated Quality
Guttural Quality .
Pectoral Quality .
Falsetto Quality .
XV. — Practice on the Concrete
Radical Stress
Final Stress .
Median Stress
Thorough Stress .
Compound Stress .
The Loud Concrete
Tremor .
XVI. — Relation between Mind and Voice
XVIL— Diatonic Melody
Triad of the Cadence
Full Cadence
First Duad .
Second Duad
The Feeble Cadence
The Prepared Cadence
False Cadence
Exercises on Melodic Successions
Exercises on the Phrases of Melody
Examples of Different Forms of Cad
XVIII. — Intonation at Pauses ....
Examples for Practice
Downward Movement in Diatonic Melody
XIX. — Expressive Intonation
Wider Downward Movements
The Semitone ....
XX. — Uses of the Wave in Expression
The Wave of the Second
The Unequal Wave
The Double and Continued Waves
XXI. — Uses of the Tremor in Expression .
Contents.
vn
XXII.
Den
ward
XXIII,
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI,
XXVII,
XXVIII
XXIX.
XXX
XXXI.
XXXII,
XXXIII,
XXXIV
Exercises for Practice
Exercise in Laughing
— Interrogative Intonation .
Rule I
Rule II
Rule III
Rule IV
Rule V
Rule VI
Grammatical Questions requiring
Intonation
— Expressive Melody ; Sentential Pitch ; Transitu
Pitch
Sentential Pitch
Transition in Pitch .
General Divisions in Pitch
— Force .....
Examples ....
— Stress — Radical
— Final Stress ....
— Median Stress ....
— Thorough Stress
Compound Stress
The Loud Concrete .
Semitone ....
Tremor ....
Concluding Remarks on Stress
— Time : Quantity and Movement
Quantity .
Movement
Examples .
— Pauses
Pauses of Sense
Pauses of Emotion
Exercises .
— Rhythmus or Measure of Speech
. — Accent .
. — Emphasis
Examples, classified
Interjections and Exclamatory Sentences
261
263
264
268
269
270
271
272
274
276
281
283
284
294
303
307
315
327
332
338
340
341
341
342
346
349
349
35i
354
364
364
374
376
378
396
399
414
420
Vlll
Contents.
SELECTIONS.
PAGE
Eulogy on Wendell Phillips
Geo. Wm. Curtis.
433
The Character of our Savior
435
The Human Voice ....
. 0. W. Holmes.
437
Love of Change ....
Ruskin.
440
Speech in the Knapp Trial
. Daniel Webster.
443
Parallel between Pope and Dryden .
Sa m ae I Johnson .
445
Benevolence and Charity .
Steele.
446
Reflections on Westminster Abbey .
" Spectator.' 1
449
The Man of Genius ....
Rush in.
45i
The Ampitheatre of Titus
Gibbon.
452
Dialogue between King John and Hubert . Shakespeare.
454
Scene from "The Iron Chest"
. George Colman.
455
Scene from Henry V
Shakespeare.
457
Scene from Richard III .
Shakespeare.
459
Scene from Hamlet ....
Shakespeare.
461
The Prodigal .....
Bible.
464
Select Passages from the Book of Job
Bible.
465
Selections from the Book of Isaiah .
Bible.
468
The Vision of Sir Launfal
Lowell.
469
Extracts from "The Voyage of Life
' . . . Janvier.
472
New England's Chevy Chase .
Edward Everett Hale.
476
Song of the Greek Bard .
Byron.
478
The Destruction of Sennacherib
Byron.
481
Sandalphon .....
Longfellcnu.
481
The Ride of Collins Graves
. John Boyle O'Reilly.
483
Crabbed Age and Youth .
485
Antony and Cleopatra
. Wm. H. Lylle.
488
Thomas Buchanan Read .
Janvier.
489
Song from " The Wild Wagoner of the
Alleghanies " Read.
490
Dying in Harness ....
. John Boyle O'Reilly.
491
Mary of Castle Cary
. Hector Macneil.
492
The Spinning Wheel Song
.John Francis Waller.
493
Catawba Wine .....
Longfellow.
494
The King of Yvetot
, Be ranger.
496
Nearer, my God, to Thee .
Sarah F. Adams.
497
A Hymn ......
Addison.
498
A Safe Stronghold ....
. Martin Luther.
499
ANALYTIC ELOCUTION.
Chapter I.
Introductory Outline of Principles.
1. Spoken Language is employed to declare that
which passes in the human mind in its various states and
conditions.
All that passes in the mind may be reduced to two
heads, — ideas and emotions. By ideas we mean all simple
perceptions or thoughts. By emotions, all the effects pro-
duced upon the mind by those ideas, including the calmer
feelings or sentiments which result from a stimulation of
the fancy or the imagination, and those states of violent
mental agitation arising from the excitement of the strong-
est passions.
The speaking voice possesses distinct means for declar-
ing these several states of thought, sentiment, and passion
through the varied employment of its constituent elements.
2. The two great ends of elocution, or the study of
spoken language for artistjc purposes, are : (i) To improve
and develop the voice to its fullest capacity as regards
beauty, power, and flexibility. (2) To adapt it to the cor-
rect and natural utterance of all thought, sentiment, or
passion.
The two constantly react upon each other, for in study-
ing the vocal elements employed in the utterance of lan-
(ix)
io Murdoch's Elocution.
guage, their character, and correct production by the
organs, — the voice is developed, and the ear and mind at
the same time accustomed to the value of sounds in their
relation to thought and passion.
3. All of the elements of spoken language, articulate
and expressive, are comprehended under the five follow-
ing heads, which designate the five generic properties of
the voice : Pitch, Quality, Force, Abruptness, and Time.
A study of these five properties in detail, and of the
multiplied combinations of their several forms, degrees, and
varieties, familiarizes the student with all the articulative
and expressive powers of speech.
4. Pitch relates to the variation of the voice with re-
gard to acuteness or gravity, or high and low, on what is
termed in music the scale. It is a primary element of
effect and significance in speech, and may, in all its vari-
eties, be brought perfectly under the command of the
organs for the purposes of art.
5. Quality is the kind of voice, and is popularly desig-
nated as rough, smooth, harsh, full, thin, musical, etc. It is
here more definitely described under the divisions of the
natural, the aspirated, the falsetto, an improved quality
called the orotund, the pectoral, and guttural.
6. Force is a term used to designate the power,
energy, or intensity with which a sound of the voice is
uttered. Its degrees are designated by the terms loud, soft,
forcible, weak, strong, feeble, vehement, and moderate. The
different forms of its specific application are exhibited in
what is called stress, or the application of force to certain
parts or to the whole of the extent of a syllable.
7. Abruptness is the suddenness, combined with (a
greater or less degree of) fullness, with which every
syllabic sound may be opened. It may vary from the
most delicate, but clear opening of a syllable, to its most
violent or forcible explosion.
Outline of Principles.
8. Time is the duration or measure of sound. With
regard to individual syllables, it is called quantity, and
means the duration of sound heard on each, — as the long
quantity or short quantity of a syllable. When the simple
term quantity is employed, long quantity is understood.
Time also relates to the rapidity or slowness of utter-
ance in the succession of any series or aggregate of words.
Thus, a sentence is said to be uttered in quick, slow, or
moderate time.
Time has relation, also, to pauses, either between words
or groups of words; also, to rhythmus, or the musical
measure of speech.
9. Elocution may then be defined as the art of so em-
ploying the Quality, Pitch, Force, Time, and Abruptness
of the voice as to convey the sense, sentiment, and passion
of composition or discourse in the fullest and most natural
manner, and at the same time with the greatest possible
gratification to the ear.
The first acquisition of the student in the order of sys-
tematic study, must be a knowledge and control of the
voice-producing mechanism. The next, a similar knowl-
edge and mastery of the vocal elements as elements, pre-
vious to any attempt to execute their more difficult com-
binations in the consecutive utterances of language.
Chapter II.
Mechanism of the Voice Considered in its Practical Relations to
Vocal Culture.
10. The organic production of voice naturally invites
our attention first; but the details are too extensive and
too minute to warrant my here entering upon them spe-
cifically, and belong more properly to the domain of
Anatomy and Physiology. I will present, however, a very
brief outline of the process by which the breath of life is
digested into sound and articulate speech, — thus becoming
audible soul, endowed with the power of generating
thought and feeling, and creating the visible results of
action.
The production of all vocal sound requires, in the first
place, a full supply of the primary element of vocality,
atmospheric air, to be taken in by the respiratory organs,
and then furnished to the vocal apparatus. By muscular
expansion and contraction, a certain quantity of blood, at
each pulsation of the heart, is carried to the lungs, and
there vitalized by the oxygen contained in the air. This
air passes from the mouth to the trachea, or wind-pipe,
through the glottis and larynx, and thence through the
bronchial tubes to the minute air-cells of the lungs. Hav-
ing there performed its life-giving function, it passes out
through the same organs in a decomposed state, and it is
this seemingly useless breath, which, in its passage to the
outer air, constitutes the material for the formation of that
glorious gift, the human voice.
(12)
Mechanism of the Voice. 13
11. The acts of Inspiration and Expiration, together con-
stituting respiration, or breathing, which alternately (ill and
empty the minute cells of the lungs, is mainly impelled by
the muscles of the abdomen, acting upon the more imme-
diate agent of the breathing process called the Diaphragm,
a very strong muscle, arched in shape, upon which the
lungs rest, and which forms a partition between them and
the abdominal organs. The arch of this muscle contracts
in inspiration, pressing the abdominal organs downward
and outward, and thus making room for the increased
body of the inflated lungs. In expiration, the muscle
recovers its former position, thus pushing or pressing
against the lungs, and driving the air out. It has been
figuratively termed the bellows of the vocal organs.
12. A specific muscular action, involving many compli-
cations, produces an elevation and depression of that cage-
like structure, composed of the ribs and breast-bone, which
contains the lungs, in order that those spongy bodies, when
filled to their utmost capacity with the inspired air, may be
accommodated with corresponding room.
The contraction of the muscles of the chest, acting in
sympathy with those of the abdomen and diaphragm, con-
trol the movements of respiration, which are involuntary
in the mere act of breathing, but comparatively voluntary
in expelling the air in the different forms of vocality and
articulated aspiration.
13. The Larynx is composed of a number of different
cartilages, attached together by muscles, and forms a con-
tinuation to the tube of the trachea. It communicates
with the throat by the glottis, a small membranous or mus-
cular fissure, the edges of which constitute the vocal
chords or lips of the glottis. The glottis is sometimes called
the mouth of the larynx, or inner mouth. The glottis
may be opened or closed at will, except in coughing or
sneezing, when its muscles obey the nerves of respiration.
Murdochs Elocution.
When the breath is forced out by an act of volition,
through the aperture of the glottis, without agitating the
vocal chords, there is no vocality, only an audible sound
of hard breathing or aspiration.
But when the chords are more or less moved by the
air expelled, and thrown into vibration, vocal sound is
produced. The sound thus produced by the vibration of
this delicate muscular organism of the vocal chords, fills
the sonorous cavern at the back part of the mouth called
the Pharynx, and reverberating through the cavities of
the head and chest, and striking against the sounding-
board, as it may be termed, of the roof of the mouth, at
last issues from the lips a perfected result of nature's
handiwork, to be made as plastic as the potter's clay, and
shaped to the various purposes of use and beauty in
language.
14. The entire apparatus of human speech may be
divided into two classes of organs. These are : (1) The
Vocal organs, or those portions of the organic system em-
ployed in the production, admeasurement, and variation
of voluntary, tunable sounds. These are common to man
and to the lower animals. (2) Articulative organs, or those
portions and members of the mouth and larynx by which
we superadd to the tunable impulses of sound, the phe-
nomena of elemental and verbal utterance, and which are
peculiar to the human species.
Spoken language is the result of the consentaneous
action of the vocal and the articulative organs. Independ-
ently of the lower jaw, whose motions contribute to dis-
tinct utterance, and the nasal passages, the articulative
organs are six in number. Four of them are active: viz.,
the tongue, the uvula, the lips of the mouth and the lips
of the glottis or vocal chords, — the last belonging to both
the vocal and articulative organs. Two are passive; viz.,
the front teeth and the gums.
Mechanism of the Voice. 15
15. The thoughts, emotions, and passions of the human
being acting upon the organic mechanism of the breath,
of vocality, and of enunciation, excite each to method
and force of action; and those sounds of the voice are
produced peculiar in form and duration, altitude or de-
pression, force or softness, in their varied degrees, to the
thought, emotion, or passion to be expressed.
16. If speech be regulated by a knowledge of the
structure and functions of the organs which it employs,
and of their relation to other parts of the body according
to the laws of exercise and rest, there never can be any
inconvenience for want of breath, any straining of the
voice, any bronchial or pulmonary irritations resulting from
even their most active and energetic exercise. A true
system of vocal culture must be based upon such knowl-
edge, and comprehend a consequently intelligent training
of the muscles of the voice-making mechanism, with a
view to voluntarily exercise and energize the functions of
each; and it must advance by degrees until the student
can trust this mechanism to perform whatever labor he
imposes without conscious volition, but through a subtle
sympathy with, rather than an order from the brain.
17. It is not necessary, though it is desirable, to under-
stand the anatomy and physiology of the organs in minute
detail, but the student must at least know and realize what
organs produce or directly influence important vocal
effects. *
A knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the entire
vocal mechanism, however, can not be too accurate and compre-
hensive in the case of those who undertake to teach the subject
of Elocution. I^or such knowledge, the teacher is referred to books
and lectures devoted exclusively to the anatomy and physiology of
the voice. For plates and description of vocal organs, see " Vocal
Culture," by Rev. Francis T. Russell.
1 6 Murdoch' 's Elocution.
The general advantages of correct vocal exercises, or,
as they are sometimes termed, ''vocal gymnastics," when
properly exercised and judiciously graduated to the phys-
ical strength of the student, may be enumerated as fol-
lows :
(i) They give vitality to the whole system by expanding,
through the means of regulated and thorough inspirations,
the entire body of the lungs, giving increased breadth to
the surface of the interior lining of the air-cells containing
the delicate veins through which the blood flows in its
subjection to the vitalizing operations of aeration.
(2) They impart vigor, and consequent power of endur-
ance, to the muscles of the abdomen, diaphragm, and the
other sympathetic muscular powers; it is to the disci-
plined activity of these muscles we owe the strength,
volume, and qualities of voice required in all artistic
expression.
(3) As the crowning advantage of proper vocal train-
ing, the muscles comprehended in the delicate organism
of the larynx, glottis, and throat, are kept in health and
vigor for the discharge of their important part in the pro-
duction of voice, and above all are rendered pliant to the
will, — to the full possibilities of force and beauty in the
utterance of language.
Exercises in Breathing.
18. As all vocality, from the instinctive cry of the infant
to the most extended effort of the developed voice, is so
inseparably connected with respiration, it is to the opera-
tions of breathing alone, in its gentler and more aspirated
forms, that our attention and practice toward acquiring an
educated control of the muscles governing voice-production
will be first directed. As preparatory, however, to the
Mechanism of the Voice. 17
special training involved in these and succeeding exen
I would suggest that those physical exercises compre-
hended under the head of gymnastics and calisthenics,
would, if practiced in moderation, be invaluable to the
student in giving tone and elasticity to the general sys-
tem.*
(1) Let the student stand in a perfectly easy position,
upon either the right or left foot, the other slightly in
advance, the arms folded at the back, which position de-
presses the shoulders naturally, and gives all the expansion,
or elevation, as it is sometimes termed, necessary to the
fullest possible action of the chest; the weight of the body
may be allowed to fall on the other foot, as the student
grows stiff or in the least degree weary, f In this per-
fectly easy attitude, fill the lungs by deep, full inspiration,
and then expire slowly with slight force. Repeat four or
five times.
This exercise is merely an exemplification of natural
breathing, slightly exaggerated, as it would be by the
necessities of energetic or impassioned utterance. The
student's attention should here be directed to the muscular
phenomena which are exhibited in replenishing and exhaust-
ing the lungs. When the breath is comparatively exhausted,
there is a necessity for a full inspiration to refill the
*I would suggest the moderate use of light dumb-bells, or light
Indian clubs, as an excellent means of properly exercising the mus-
cles of the arms and chest. These may be used with advantage
before the breathing exercises.
tThe direction sometimes given to " hold up the chest," " elevate
the sternum and ribs," etc., as a special advantage in the service
of breathing and speech, and as preparatory to their exercises, is a
gratuitous injunction, because, when we inhale fully, the breast-
bone and ribs rise naturally, and of necessity, and gradually
expand the cavity of the chest sufficiently to accommodate the
graduallv enlarging volume of the lungs.
M. E.— 2.
1 8 Murdoch's Elocution.
emptied air-cells, which will be speedily complied with if
no obstruction is offered to prevent the operation of the
natural function of the lungs, the air being sucked in, as it
were, by the action of the organs.*
(2) To realize the full force of the respiratory process,
the lungs must be comparatively emptied by a special act
of the will. The act of refilling them arises from ne-
cessity, and is of a marked and instantaneous character.
Such is the peculiar form of respiration by which the
student can best be made to perceive and understand the
degrees of difference between natural, easy breathing,
under ordinary circumstances, and that degree of muscular
exertion in inspiration and expiration necessary for the
efforts of speech. Let him repeat the exercises until he is
made fully conscious of the expansion of the chest, the
rise and fall of the ribs, together with the contraction and
extension of the muscles of the abdomen and of the dia-
phragm, all of which movements are attendant upon the
respiratory process.
The greater indraughts of air will call into play in pro-
portion to the increased effort additional muscles of the
back and other parts, the position of which will be indi-
cated by the action.
(3) Draw a full, deep inspiration, and then effuse the
breath in the slow and distinctly audible breathing ex-
hibited in the sustained expiration of a deep sigh.f When
the lungs are apparently emptied, after a brief pause inhale
" :; ' r The mistake is often made of supposing that the atmospheric
pressure from without will fill the lungs if the mouth is merely
held open. As a proof of this, consider the means for resuscitating
one who has been drowned.
t Let it be understood that the lungs are never entirely emptied
or exhausted of air, as only a certain proportion of their contents
are subject to the will.
Mechanism of the Voice. 19
again, and repeat the above mentioned movement three or
four times, until the gradual effusion of breath is marked
by the same lengthened smoothness and equable How as that
of the silent expiration, — which result is the object of the
exercise.
Further Exercises in Breathing.
(4) In the same position as before indicated, take the
breath deliberately and steadily ; after a full inspiration is
attained, let it be given out slowly in a steadily but gently
effused and whispered expiration of the element h, which
is a simple breathing sound. Let this be sustained until
all the air in the lungs is exhausted. In this and the fol-
lowing exercises, the aspiration must come, as it were, from
the very depths of the throat.
(5) Let as much breath be drawn in as the lungs can
easily contain, then send it forth in an equable flow, in
the form of a gentle, breathing whisper of the syllable
he, the mouth slightly open, the corners drawn back.
This should be repeated several times, until the student
can sustain a comparatively full expiration on a deliberate
and unbroken effusion of breath, free from all jerking and
unsteadiness, in a gentle, but distinctly audible breathing
whisper.
• (6) Draw in the breath as before, and emit it with a
somewhat forcible, expulsive, whispered breathing of the
syllable hah, the mouth moderately open, the lips slightly
rounded. After a moderate prolongation of the expulsive
form, let the whispering sound vanish gently, so to speak,
in the bottom of the throat.
(7) Inspire freely, and after a momentary pause expel
the air suddenly, with a sudden or explosive breathing,
whispered utterance on the syllable haw, the mouth wide
open, and the aspirated sound coming from the very depths
20 Mwdocti s Elocution.
of the throat. Prolong the vanishing sound in this exer-
cise as long as possible, without distressing the parts.
Care must be taken to maintain the aspirated form of ex-
piration free from any vocality. By this process, nearly
all the air contained in the lungs is forcibly driven out, and
in the repetitions of it the student must use his judgment,
remembering that the process is more exhausting to the
lungs than that in the preceding exercises.
(8) Inhale fully, and then, after a momentary pause,
give out the breath of this one inspiration in three suc-
cessive and distinct breathing, whispered utterances of the
three syllables, he, hah, haw, in the manner before as-
signed to each. There must be a momentary pause be-
tween each by holding the breath; i. e., arresting the
action of the diaphragm.
(9) After a full inspiration, let the breath be expelled
on three successive expulsions or jets on the syllable he,
giving to each an equal share of the one inspiration, fol-
lowing the same directions concerning momentary pause,
as in the preceding.
(10) Again, let a full inspiration be taken, and the same
process as above repeated on the syllable Iiah, with in-
creased expulsive force.
(11) After full inspiration, let the breath be given out,
following the same directions on the three explosive whis-
pered utterances of the syllable haw.
19. In the repetition for practice of 10 and 11, the ex-
pulsive force and explosive abruptness represented in each
should be gradually increased.
The above exercises should be conducted by the teacher
in the following manner :
The teacher, holding up his open hand, counts, delib-
erately, one, two, three. The pupil having taken breath
during the counting of the teacher, gives the first sound,
he.
Mechanism of I he Voice. 21
'The teacher counts, with hand raised, one, two, three,
the pupil breathing and repeating the second sound three
times to one expiration, thus: hah, hah, hah.
The teacher counts again, one, two, and three; his
hand gradually falls from its upright position to his side,
while the pupil gives forth the enlarged volume of air
from the lungs, when fully inflated, on the explosive,
haw.
All of the exercises must be graduated as to their force,
time of duration, and frequency of repetition, to the capacity
and comfort of the student. Ordinarily, four or five repeti-
tions of each at a time will be sufficient at first, pausing
and breathing in the ordinary way for a few moments be-
tween each to avoid the dizziness which results from too
excessive and rapid respiration. The exercises may be
practiced with benefit to the health four or five times
daily, even by those who do not pursue their application
to the purposes of artistic speech.
The more forcible of these exercises will further discip-
line the respiratory muscles, and strengthen them for a
future vigorous expulsion or explosion of the breath in the
utterance of the successive syllables of language, or in
throwing the entire force of one expiration on the em-
phatic syllable of some one important word. The practice
on the first or effusive form of breathing is calculated not
only to strengthen the muscles, but to habituate the lungs
to a regulated and measured action, and to place the
gentle, gradual, and sustained effusion of breath at the
command of the will for the perfect utterance of the
firm and steady tones indicative of a reposeful state of
mind.
The effusive breath may be said to flow, the expulsive to
rusk, and the explosive to burst into the outer air. These
three forms of breathing, it will be found, when converted
into vocality, represent the three forms which language
22 Murdoch's Elocution.
assumes in its varied utterance from tranquillity to pas-
sion.
20. We are now prepared to see the relations between
the act of breathing and articulate speech ; how, by acquir-
ing a perfect control over the muscles of respiration, we
may deal out the breath in a continuous stream, or break
it into portions, and divide it with accuracy among a suc-
cession of syllables.
(1) Let each of the preceding forms of aspiration be
given with vocality, following precisely the same directions
as to method of proceeding.
(2) The exercise given below will enable the student to
sustain his tones firmly through one expiration; they are
not speech tones, nor are they song, — the latter they re-
semble in continuity only. By gaining a steady control of
the diaphragm, the tones issuing from the larynx will be-
come firm, round, and, in time, clear. This is essentially
a vocal gymnastic exercise to give strength to the tone-
producing organs.
(3) After deep inspiration, taken while the teacher slowly
counts one, two, three, let the student sound the long tonic
a, holding it as long as it remains firm and round; when it
becomes weak and vibratory, stop it at once, then in the
same manner hold e, 1, 6, and u. If, in the beginning of
his practice, the pupil can hold a tone ten or fifteen
seconds, he is doing well; but gradually he will be able
to extend the tone to thirty, forty, and even sixty
seconds. After some time, the exercise can be given with
a view to the opening of the radical, which gives purity
to the tone, and it can also be given as a practice in
pitch.
(4) Another excellent exercise consists in filling the
lungs, and then repeating the vowels a, 8, 1, 6, u, as many
times as possible to one expiration.
Mechanism of the Voice.
The Catch Breath Exercise.
21. The following exercise is to cultivate the habit of
taking the breath quickly and inaudibly, with deep inspira-
tion at the short pauses of consecutive utterance, and to
economize the breath in apportioning it to words.
(i) Inspire fully but inaudibly. Then count one — tiuo —
three [take short breath] four— five — six [inspire quickly]
seven — eight — nine, etc., etc.
(2) Inspire, and count in the same manner in groups of
five numerals, taking breath quickly between the groups.
Inspire, count in groups of ten, and so on until twenty
and thirty may be counted easily at one breath, the
student gradually accustoming himself to use no more
breath in the utterance of each word than is actually
necessary.
The short breaths are simply an indrawing of the air
contained in the mouth, the outer air rushing in to take
its place. Increased exertion or force of utterance of
course demands deeper indraughts and more frequent
supplies.
This exercise, besides teaching the economy of breath,
will place under the control of the will a habit of nature
in our ordinary use of the voice, for slight observation
will show us that in speaking naturally we do not wait
until the breath is entirely exhausted to restore it all at
once with one deep inspiration, but take every oppor-
tunity to replenish the constant waste by quick indraughts
between groups of words, where the language will best
allow of it, without retarding the utterance or disrupting
the sense. In this way the organs work without fatigue,
for, the waste being constantly restored, they are never
without a sufficient supply for their needs. The breath
must be renewed at every pause of any duration, in the
24 Murdoch 's Elocution.
form of deep, easy breathing, unless the excitement of
emotion causes panting or sighing, when a short, jerky
movement becomes necessary.
Inspiration should be carried on as much as possible
through the nose, and with closed lips; this, however, in
the hurried action of speech, can not always be done.
22. The acts of gasping and panting are more violent
forms of aspirated breath, excited by nature to restore her
disturbed equilibrium attendant upon the irregular or sus-
pended respiration which accompanies extreme excitement
or undue physical exertion. Sighing deeply, and groan-
ing, are also efforts of nature to restore her equilibrium
when her natural breathing has been disturbed or sus-
pended by extreme suffering, grief, or other mental excite-
ment. They are produced by taking large gulps of air
into the lungs, and then, by suppressed muscular effort,
forcing the breath out in a continuous stream, which, com-
ing in contact with the vocal chords without exciting them
to full vibration, passes out of the aperture of the mouth
with a hard breathing sound, mixed with suppressed vo-
cality, expressive of a distressed state of the mind. It
will thus be seen that they serve a double purpose, in the
preservation of life and the expression of the feelings.
An imitation of these natural acts as an occasional prac-
tice will also be of great advantage to the student, not
only as serving to assist art but to invigorate nature.
23. In the complicated web-work of diaphragm, abdom-
inal, chest, clavicular, dorsal, and other muscles which
serve as the motive power for respiration in its various
forms and degrees, from tranquil to violent, and in con-
tinued or disjointed currents of breath, the will, by a sep-
arate volition, can not properly produce any individual
action on the part of any particular set of muscles inde-
pendently or in advance of any other set involved in the
general act. They must all work together by a combined
Mechanism of the Voice. 25
action involving the separate agencies in an almost con-
sentaneous movement for one general result. The same is
true of the complex organic action by which the breath is
converted into syllabic sound, involving the further agency
of the muscles of the glottis, etc.
To enforce this idea by an example : the direction is
sometimes given to "hold the chest up" by a special act
of volition, in order to enlarge its cavity for the indraughts
of air. The effort to do this burdens the mind with an
unnecessary precaution, and lessens the powers of vocal
production. The act of raising the shoulders, therefore,
drawing up the chest, and subsequently dropping them, in
the forcible utterance of speech, is an unnatural and in-
jurious habit, arising from this false idea of assisting
nature, by a special effort of the will, to control any one
of the co-ordinated actions of her complete mechanism.*
v But those habits of breathing and speech, based upon a
practice by which the organs are exercised in their normal
functions, will call into proper action all the necessary
agencies of sound production, and develop the vocal
powers in accordance with natural law. The will must be
exerted with the object of producing certain effects or sounds
of a certain kind, and for an explicit purpose; and the
diaphragm, the abdominal muscles, the intercostals, and
others, will, by the sympathetic action of which we have
spoken, conjointly and efficiently supply the necessary
motive power, no one set of these muscles waiting for or
requiring a special act of volition to cause it to perform its
individual office in the general act.
* Lennox Brown .has recently written a treatise on voice produc-
tion, in which he draws particular attention to the false methods
of breathing, used in many of the music schools, and proves con-
clusively that the diaphragmatic or deep breathing is the only
form that is satisfactory in its results.
M. E— 3.
26 Murdoch's Elocution.
24. I would recommend, in connection with breathing,
some particular exercises in walking, pacing, striding, and
running. Also, using the arms in all the movements from
graceful to forcible; i. e., from sweeps to direct strokes,
upward and downward, with varying degrees of force.
The movements should be in accordance with the swell
and stroke of vocal action in expulsion, explosion, and
effusion, voice and action keeping time together.
Chapter III.
Pitch.
25. The most elementary knowledge of music will serve
to explain the technical terms common to this science, and
that of speech, and also to aid the student to an under-
standing of the similarities and differences of their applica-
tion in each, necessary to a correct apprehension of their
employment in the latter.
In the musical scale, the progressions or variations
through pitch are effected by a series of skipping or dis-
connected sounds, called discrete intervals, which may be
individually prolonged at will upon a level line; i. e., at
one point of the scale, the sound neither rising nor falling
in pitch.
On the scale, the intervals between the first and second,
second and third, fourth and fifth, fifth and sixth sounds
are full tones. The distances between the third and
fourth, seventh and eighth, are half-tones, or semitones.
The intervals take their degree from these changes in the
position of the notes, thus : from the first to the third, or
from c to e, on the piano-forte, is a discrete interval of
a third.
But variation in pitch may be produced in another way;
e. g., if the finger be moved with continued pressure along
the string of a violin, from its lower attachment, upward
or downward, while the bow is drawn, a mewing sound will
be heard. The sound thus produced will be continuous,
and will end at cither a higher or lower pitch than that at
(27)
28 Murdoch } s Elocution.
which it began, according as the finger is slid upward or
downward. The effect upon the ear will be that of an
uninterrupted sound, gliding from gravity to acuteness, or
the reverse. This, on the violin, is called a slide, and is
produced by a succession of changes in pitch so rapid as
not to be separately discerned by the ear, and hence the
result of one unbroken impulse of sound.
In the speaking voice, change of pitch, in the manner
just described, is effected in the utterance of every syllable
through some interval of the scale, and called a concrete
interval.*
26. The speaking voice performs both the concrete and
discrete transitions in pitch, the latter being as inseparable
from any succession of syllabic sounds as the former from
any individual utterance. To illustrate this : Suppose the
pronoun / be given with earnest interrogation, expressing
strong surprise, and it would pass through the rising con-
crete interval of probably eight notes of the musical scale.
Then let the word fail be given immediately after the /,
with the same interrogative surprise, though less earnestly
than the first, and beginning at the same degree of the
scale, and it will pass through the rising concrete of prob-
ably a fifth. Thus, we have an interrogative sentence.
The voice, in passing from the termination of the first
word to the commencement of the second must of ne-
cessity perform a skip or a discrete transition through an
octave. A more advanced study of the subject will show
us that this discrete movement, in the successive syllabic
utterances of speech, is made either through proximate or
(as in the instance given) through remote intervals.
*The term Concrete, etymologically considered, means grown to-
gether. The term Discrete is derived from dis and CERNO, to see
apart, or to distinguish.
Pitch. 29
If the sentence, "I am poor, and miserably old," be
uttered with a plaintive expression, the syllabic utterances
will pass through a semitone.
27. There is in speech still another mode of discrete
transition through the degrees of pitch, produced by the
voice passing discretely from acuteness to gravity, and the
reverse, by intervals much smaller than a semitone, each
point being touched by abrupt emissions of voice, follow-
ing each other in rapid succession. The extent of the
interval contained between these brief and rapid iterations
is not known, nor is it important that it should be. The
sound is well illustrated by the neighing of a horse, or by
gurgling in the throat, and is called the Tremulous Scale
of the Voice, or the Tremor.
The speaking scale progressing principally by whole
tones, and not being limited, as in music, to the arrange-
ment of tones and semitones, may be regarded as the com-
pass of the voice, be that eight, twelve, sixteen, or more
degrees. As the peculiarity of key arises from the fixed
place of semitones, there can be, in the transitions of
speech-melody through this scale of pitch, no change of
key, and hence no modulation. This term modulation has
been, and still is, popularly misapplied to denote the transi-
tions of voice through the speaking scale, but must be
rejected from an accurate treatment of the subject of
speaking sounds.
(1) Pitch is, then, a term representing any variation of
the voice from gravity to acuteness.
(2) There are, in the use of speech-sounds, two kinds
of transition in pitch : concrete, by a continuous or uninter-
rupted movement; and discrete, by a skipping or discon-
nected movement.
(3) Speech has four scales or modes of progression in
pitch : the diatonic, the concrete, the tremulous, and the semi-
tonic, known in music as the chromatic.
30 MurdocJi s Elocution.
(4) Intervals mark the distance between any two degrees
of these scales, and are either concrete or discrete.
(5) Intonation in speech is the correct execution of the
intervals of its several scales, and constitutes one of the
chief elements of expression in spoken language.
(6) Melody of speech is an agreeable variation of these
intervals on the successive syllables of language.
28. Science teaches that acuteness and gravity are the
results of tension and relaxation, and consequently of
rapid and slow vibration of the vocal chords attendant
respectively upon the elevation and depression of the
larynx.
The larynx rises and the fauces contract in the utter-
ance of acute sounds; the fauces dilate and the larynx
falls with the grave. The natural position for the produc-
tion of high pitch elevates the chin slightly, low pitch
depresses it, and in middle pitch the position is that of
simple repose. We also study pitch in the five degrees
of middle, low and lowest, high and highest.
Chapter IV.
The Concrete Movement or the Radical and Vanish.
29. In the simple pronunciation of the letter a, two
sounds are heard : the first has the nominal sound of the
letter, and issues from the organs with a certain degree of
fullness; the last is the element e, gradually diminishing to
an attenuated close. In the utterance, the voice will trav-
erse a rising interval of a tone or second.
The first part of the interval, in this instance, is called
the radical movement, as the fullness of its opening is the
root from which the remaining concrete proceeds; the
latter, or gradual diminution of the sound, is called the
vanishing movement^ from its seeming to die away into
silence. These terms apply only to the two extremes of
the concrete, for the radical changes into the vanish so
gradually as to admit of no assignable point of distinction
between them. The entire concrete, comprehending the
two movements continuously blended together, is called
the radical and vanishing movement, and sometimes the note
of speech. The character of this radical and vanishing
movement is represented to the eye by the visible mark of
notation, [^^]» which will be used in the course of this
work.
30. It is somewhat difficult to recognize the radical and
vanish on the interval of the tone, but in order to render
this movement appreciable to the ear we must magnify it.
Pronounce the letter a as a question of surprise, in the fol-
lowing sentence: ''Did you say a?" and its dipthongal
(31)
Murdoch ' s Elocution.
character, with the radical and vanish of its opening and
termination, will be clearly exhibited on the extended
interval of the rising fifth or octave. Utter the same letter
with positive affirmation, as, "I said #," and the same
effect of fullness and diminution will be produced on a fall-
ing concrete, with the radical at the summit of the sound,
and the vanish attenuating downward.
This simple utterance of the radical and vanish seems to
be an instinctive and uncontrollable function of the speak-
ing voice underlying all syllabic utterance.
In the correct execution of the utterance a, as given
above, the student must be conscious of a peculiar sensa-
tion felt in the larynx or its mouth, which is the glottis, at
the moment in which the radical sound is expelled from
that organ, and before it becomes blended with the fainter
vocality of the vanish. From the inception of the vocal
effort, the organs move from one position, at the opening
of the given sound, to another at its close; i. e., they glide
from an open position on the fullness of the a, to a com-
paratively close position on the vanishing e.
31. From this it will be seen that the radical and vanish-
ing movement is the result of one impulse of the breath,
and is the basis of the syllabic structure. The transit of
vocal sound and action, as in the example just given, con-
stitute the peculiar character of the speech-note as distin-
guished from that of song.
The long drawn notes of song and recitative are of an
entirely different character, the voice being prolonged upon
a level line of pitch by holding the organs in one position
until the close of the note.
If the dipthongal vowel a, or any other capable of pro-
longation, be uttered with correct pronunciation, smoothly
and distinctly, without intensity or emotion, or with only a
moderate degree of earnestness, it commences full and
somewhat abruptly, and gradually decreases in its upward
77/e Concrete Movement. 33
or downward movement until it becomes inaudible; having
the increments of time, and rise or descent, and the decre-
ments of fullness equally progressive, the two sounds which
compose it, the radical movement and the vanish, blend-
ing imperceptibly together as a result of the peculiar action
of the organs. This is called the equable concrete, and be-
longs only to speech. This full opening, equable gliding,
the lessening volume, and the soft extinction of sound,
mark the difference between the equable concrete of the
speaking voice, and the sounds of all musical instruments.
The concrete is carried in speech through the intervals of
the tone, semitone, third, fifth, and octave. The voice
may also pass through the remaining intervals, the fourth,
sixth, and seventh, or beyond the octave ; but a reference
to the third, fifth, and octave as the wider intervals em-
ployed in speech is sufficiently accurate for an efficient
study of our subject.
32. Under the influence of emotion, the concrete move-
ment loses its simple, equable form, which is the vocal sign
of a more or less tranquil state of mind, and, according to
the kind and degree of the emotion, a corresponding con-
centration of force is applied to some part or to all of its
extent; thus, we have the phenomena of stress. Of this,
we have six different forms :
(1) Radical Stress, or force applied to the opening of
the concrete.*
* Radical stress, in its simplest or lightest form, exists in the
equable concrete, constituting the clear, full opening of the former.
It only becomes a vocal sign of emotion by explosive force on this
opening of the syllabic impulse. The radical is the only form of
stress that may be inexpressive in its character. This point will
be fully explained in our practical consideration of the subject; it
is mentioned in this connection to avoid what might seem to be a
contradiction.
34 Murdoch 's Elocution.
(2) The Loud Concrete, in which the whole equable con-
crete is magnified by unusual force, while the proportion
of the radical to the vanish remains unaltered.
(3) Medium Stress, a swell or impressive fullness on the
middle of the concrete.
(4) Compound Stress, an unusual application of force to
each extremity of the concrete.
(5) Final Stress, force applied to the latter extremity of
the concrete, while the radical is diminished in fullness.
(6) Thorough Stress, in which the concrete has the full-
ness and force of the radical throughout its entire extent.
The forms of stress will be further described, and their
application illustrated, in our practical studies on the con-
crete.
The plain, equable structure of the radical and vanish
will be called the simple concrete, to distinguish it from the
concrete affected by the various modifications of force com-
prehended in the several forms of stress.
33. Besides the forms of the rising and falling concrete,
the voice often continues the rising into the falling con-
crete by a single impulse of sound, thus doubling its
extent. Again, the falling may in the same way be con-
tinued into the rising movement. This form of the radical
and vanishing movement is called the Wave, and the inter-
vals of which it is composed are called its constituents or
flexures.
The following diagrams illustrate, by graphic means, the
various concrete intervals and waves. The wave is em-
ployed through all the intervals of the scale, and in all
possible combinations; and, furthermore, its expression, in
all its forms, is modified by the application of stress to
different parts of its course, at the beginning, or at the
end, or the junction of its constituents.
The wave is the vehicle for syllabic quantity in its most
extended forms.
The Concrete Movement.
35
Concrete Intervals and Waves.
0- i =?==*
Concrete risinj
tone.
Concrete down-
ward tone.
Concrete rising
third.
Concrete down-
ward third.
^
2
Concrete rising
fifth.
Concrete down-
ward fifth.
Concrete rising
octave.
Concrete down-
ward octave.
E*3£?
Equal single Equal single Equal single Equal single Equal single Equal single
direct, wave inverted, of direct, of the inverted, of direct, of the inverted, of
of the sec- the second, third. the third. fifth. the fifth,
ond.
^fe^^
*sz
^
Equal single Equal single Unequal sin- Unequal in- Double equal Double un-
direct, of the inverted, of gle direct, of verted, of the direct, of the equal invert-
octave, the octave, the fifth and third and oc- third. ed, of the
third. tave. third, fifth,
and third.
The following symbols are used to represent to the eye
the concrete as affected by the different modifications of
stress through all the intervals.
36 Murdoch's Elocution.
Forms of Stress on the Concrete.
J M ! T I
34. The pitch at which the concrete begins will be called
Radical Pitch, to distinguish it from that of the entire
radical and vanish, which will be called Concrete Pitch.
The concrete function is sometimes called the radical and
vanishing movement ; the concrete movement, progression, in-
terval, or pitch; or, simply, the Concrete or the Radical and
Vanish. The discrete function is called the discrete move-
ment, progression, change, skip, or pitch. Where the
direction of the concrete or the radical is not specified or
implied, the term is used either for rise or fall. As a gen-
eral designation of the extent of intervals and waves, all
greater than those of the semitones and second are termed
wider intervals and waves. The term radical and vanish,
when generically employed, refers to the combination of
beginning and terminal part of the concrete under any
modification of either of these parts.
35. Every syllable of speech being a single impulse of
utterance, involves the radical and vanish as a necessity of
its organic production. The concrete is, therefore, the
soul of the syllabic sound, and forms the working material
for all the purposes of articulation and intonation. It
must have some point of commencement on the scale, and
traverse some interval; it must occupy some time in the
utterance ; it must also be uttered with some degree of
muscular effort, and hence of force; and, last, it must
have quality, or some peculiar kind of sound. The con-
crete function is the foundation upon which is built the
77/e Concrete Movement. 37
measurement of all the sounds of speech, and is the prin-
ciple which underlies the life and power of every utter-
ance of the speaking voice, from the most delicate audible
whisper, to the accumulated forces of the loudest and
most prolonged shout within the capabilities of the vocal
mechanism. // is the key which unlocks the whole philosophy
of the speaking voice. A theoretical and practical under-
standing of this great fundamental principle of spoken
language not only develops the full powers of the voice,
but gives control over it for the effective and natural
utterances of language.
Chapter V.
The Elements of the Language Considered and Classified ac-
cording to their Relation to the Radical and Vanish, and
to their Capacity for Tunable Sound.
36. An elementary sound in language is one that is in-
capable of further division. It is uttered by one impulse
of the organs, and is the simplest form of articulate utter-
ance.
As the alphabet of our language does not contain a
separate symbol for each of these elements, we are obliged
to use the same graphic sign for different sounds.
The elements are divided with reference to their relation
to the radical and vanish, and their capacity for tunable
sound into tonics, subtonics, and atonies.
Table of Tonic Elements.
Simple Sounds.
Compound Sounds
A-ll, E-rr,
A-le,
A-rm, E-nd,
I-ce,
A-n, I-n,
O-ld,
A-sk, Ai-r,
Ou-r,
E-ve, U-p,
Oi-1,
Oo-ze, O-r,
U-se.
L-oo-k, O-n.
The tonic elements have the purest and most tunable
vocality of all the materials of speech. They are capable
of being prolonged indefinitely, and admit of the concrete
rise and fall through all the intervals of pitch. They may
(38)
The Elements of Language. 39
be uttered with more force and abruptness than the other
elements, and at the same time, from their power of pro-
longation, may preserve the gradually attenuated move-
ment of the vanish.*
37. All of the tonic sounds are produced by the joint
functions of the larynx, fauces, and parts of the internal
and external mouth. Although produced in the larynx by
the action of the vocal chords, the ultimate perfection of
every tonic sound depends upon the correct position of the
lips and tongue. The lower jaw also facilitates their utter-
ance by its motions, and the consequent modifications of
the cavity of the mouth.
The lips, by their approximation, diminish the size of
the external opening of the mouth; and the tongue, by its
elevation toward the roof of the mouth, that of the cavity
or internal opening. The individual vocal character of
each tonic is thus principally determined by one of these
two agencies.
38. Those tonics which are modified chiefly by the
agency of the lips have been called, from this circum-
stance, the "labial vowels." They are: «-ll, -ld, ou-r f
00-ze, o-n. They have an enlarged interior opening or
passage for the sound produced by a greater or less de-
pression of the tongue at the root, the lower jaw and
larynx being simultaneously and proportionately lowered.
Their peculiar mechanism gives to these sounds a grave
and somber, or solemn character, producing also a sorrow-
ful and gloomy expression of the face.
* Under the usual division, the tonics are called vmvels, and the
remaining elements consonants. The present nomenclature is
adopted by Dr. Rush, not as designing " to overlook or destroy
arrangements truly representing the relationships of these sounds,
but to add to their history a division grounded on their important
functions in intonation."
40 Murdoch 's Elocution.
39. The tonics a-rm, a-\e, /-sle, z'-n, *?-rr, ^-nd, ee-\,
are those modified chiefly by changes of position in the
tongue, and have thence been called the "lingual vowels."
In their formation, the tongue rises in varying degrees,
from its natural position of rest toward the roof of the
mouth, thus diminishing in proportion to this elevation the
size of the oral cavity; at the same time, the external or
labial opening is laterally elongated. They have a sprightly
or brilliant vocal character, and are associated with a crisp
and smiling expression of the countenance.*
40. A, in 0—II, is the sound produced by the lowest posi-
tion of the larynx, and consequently greatest depression of
the base of the tongue, which is slightly grooved, and
the lowest position of the jaw, the cavity of the mouth
being more open posteriorly than in any of the other
tonics of this class. This sound, in consequence, has
greater depth and breadth than any of the tonics, rever-
berating in the cavernous parts of the throat and in the
thoracic cavity.
41. A, in rt-rm, is formed by a higher position of the
larynx, and the sound is projected farther forward than in
the preceding, and strikes against the anterior part of the
hard palate, or roof of the mouth, ringing through the
head and reverberating through the chest about equally.
It is also accompanied by a freer opening of the mouth,
both externally and internally, than exists in the formation
of any other of the lingual class of tonics, the tongue, arch-
ing slightly at the back, lies on a level with the teeth in
the forward part of the mouth, while the labial aperture is
well expanded, producing the most resonant and brilliant
of the tonic sounds.
* Observe the different expressions of the face in uttering the
words smile and frown, when given with vocal expression, echoing
the sense in each case; or, the words bright and gloom.
The Elements of La nonage. 41
42. The sounds of 00 and ee are the least full and reso-
nant in their vocal character, having what may be termed
a veiled or woody sound; this will be explained by their
peculiar mechanism. In the former, the sound is thrown
almost against the teeth and lips nearly closed, while in ee
the internal passage for the sound is almost obstructed by
the elevation of the tongue. A slightly closer position of
the lips in one, and of the teeth in the other, will convert
these sounds, through the occlusion, respectively into the
subtonic vocalities of w-oe and y-e.
43. With the aid of these suggestions, the student may
easily observe for himself the individual vocality and
organic formation of the labial sounds intermediate be-
tween a-\\ and oo-ze, and of the lingual between a-vm
and ee-\.
The gliding concrete movement of speech necessitates a
change from the open position of the external organs on
the radical, to a closer position at its close on the vanish,
so that no single position is held for any length of time.
The natural action itself must be closely observed, aided by
judicious suggestions as to its correctness, or illustrated by
a competent teacher, rather than followed from pictured
models or from mere graphic descriptions. See ^[30.
44. In deliberate utterance, the organic action is much
more positive than in hasty speech. The varying positions
of the lips, tongue, and jaw in the formation of the tonic
sounds should be first practiced before a mirror until the
natural and unconstrained action of the visible organs, in
the correct and deliberate enunciation of each, is observed
and confirmed.
In all practice on these elements, great care should be
taken not to use any undue action of the lips, particularly
on 0, 00, and ou, as their slow or energetic utterance is
very apt, at first, to be accompanied by protrusion of these
organs, which constitutes the fault of mouthing.
M. E.— 4.
42 Murdoch's Elocutioii.
In the correct production of the concrete of speech the
jaw acts vertically. Any tendency to work it laterally,
(which is sometimes the fault of overeagerness to give the
tonic its full vocal value), will also produce an unnatural
utterance, akin to mouthing, and should be carefully
guarded against in the first practice.
45. In illustrating the concrete movement of the tonic a,
it was stated that this element has its radical or opening
upon a, and its vanish upon e. Six more of the tonics
have, in like manner, different sounds for the two extremes
of the concrete. As this coalescence of two tonic sounds
is called a diphthong, we have seven proper diphthongs
among the tonic elements. These are:
A, as in awe, which has its vanish in the short sound of
e, in err.
A, in art, whose vanish is on e, in err.
A, as in ale, vanishes, as already stated, upon the sound
of e, as in eel.
I, as in ice, has its vanish upon e, in eel.
O, as in old, glides into and vanishes upon 00, as in
ooze.
Ou, as in our, also vanishes upon the sound of 00, in
ooze.
Oi, as in oi-\ or v-oi-ce, may be added to the dip-
thongal tonics (making eight in all), though it is more
properly a tripthong composed of a— we, -rr, and ce-\.
When the element is short, however, it is dipthongal, com-
posed of a-we and i-n.
Five of the tonics: e as in eel; 00, as in ooze; e, as in
err; e, as in end; and i, as in in, continue the same
throughout the radical and vanish, and are true mono-
thongs.
46. The elements of the second class are formed, like
the tonics, in the larynx; but are modified, in various
ways, by their passage through the external orifices, re^r-
The Elements of Language.
43
berating in the mouth, fauces, and cavities of the nose.
They also possess the properties of vocality and prolonga-
tion, though in both are inferior to the tonics, and are
called subtonic sounds. Each tonic has a vocality peculiar
to itself. That of the subtonics is much alike in all, and
is known as the "vocal murmur." They are fifteen in
number, and are as follows:
Table of Subtonic Elements.
b, as
in d-abe.
th,
as in
///-en.
d, '
d-id.
z,
(i
a-z-ure
£, '
g-ig-
ng %
"
S\-7lg.
V,
z^-alve.
I,
<«
/-ull.
z,
2-one.
m,
<<
7«-aim.
y,
>'-e.
n,
"
«-un.
w, '
w-oe.
r,
"
r-ap.
r,
< (
fa-r.
Let the student take the word babe, and pause after the
obscure "guttural murmur" (the term applied to the pe-
culiar murmur of b, d, and g) of its first sound, and he
will hear the element which the letter b represents, or if he
prolong the first element before joining it to the next, the
single elementary subtonic sound will be heard in the pro-
longation. Let him proceed in the same manner to obtain
the sound of the other subtonic elements.
These elements may all be carried through the different
intervals of pitch, but they have almost no radical fullness,
and, as has been stated, a less full vocality than the tonics.
They are produced by the entire or partial obstruction of
a current of vocalized breath through the mouth, and the
subsequent removal of this obstruction.
The restoration of the free passage of air through the
mouth at the termination of the subtonic utterance, pro-
44 Murdoch's Elocution.
duces a peculiar ending, known as the vocide or "little
voice," which, though short and feeble in ordinary speech,
becomes very perceptible in forcible or affected pronuncia-
tion. This must not be confounded with the vanish of the
concrete. The slow but forcible pronunciation of such
words as bad, hub, tug, rub, etc., will illustrate this vocular
termination. This vocule is lost when the subtonic pre-
cedes a tonic element, and the voice takes in its place the
full radical sound of the tonic, thus giving an abrupt
opening to the latter.
47. The subtonic can not be given an abrupt opening
without extraordinary effort. As elements they are, there-
fore, deprived of the proper radical movement which is
peculiar to the tonics. But, although the subtonics are
unfitted for the abrupt opening of the radical, they may
fulfill all the purposes of the vanish. The vocality of the
subtonics admits of their prolongation, and an extension of
their time is next in importance to that of the vowels for the
purposes of elegance and correctness in speech. Though less
tunable than the vowels, they are most agreeable to the
ear when properly uttered with their full value.
48. Ten of the elemental sounds of our language are
aspirations, and form the third class. They are produced
by certain modifications of the internal and external mouth
acting upon a current of the whispering breath. They
have no vocality, and therefore no basis for the function
of the radical and vanish.
Table of Atonic Elements.
A
as in
p-ipe.
s,
as in
j-ick.
t,
(<
t-ent.
wh,
< <
7<:'//-eat.
k,
<(
£-ick.
th,
« <
///-in.
f,
1 1
/-ife.
sh,
c«
pu-s/i.
h,
c <
/i-e.
ch,
<<
c/i-urcb.
77/c Elements of Language. 45
These elements, from their want of vocal sound, are
called Atonies. The want of vocality in the atonies is
almost the only difference between them and the sulfonics,
as is shown by the following table :
B,
A
G,
V t
z,
Y,
W %
Th.
P>
T,
K
F,
s,
H, •
1 1 'n,
Th.
49. Six of the whole number of elements, or three sub-
tonics and three atonies, are produced by a bursting forth
of the breath after a complete occlusion. These abrupt
elements are b, d, g, p, t, k. They exhibit their final
vocule very perceptibly at the end of a syllable, but before
a tonic this vocule opens out, as before described, into a
sudden fullness of the radical of the tonic sound, as in
bare, go, dart, pit, take, kick.
50. The subtonics and atonic elements are divided ac-
cording to the organic conditions of their formation into
the following classes : labials, or those formed chiefly by
the agency of the lips ; dentals, by that of the teeth ; palatic,
or those depending on the palate for their distinctive char-
acter ; nasals, or those resulting from a vocalized breathing
through the nose; Unguals, or those especially dependent
on the action of the tongue; aspirates, formed by a forci-
ble emission of breath through the moderately open organs;
and labio-dentals, depending upon teeth and lips.
The dental sounds are as follows : -id, /-ent, ///-in,
M—ine, a-s-ure, push, r-ease, s-one.
The palatic : £-ick, £-ag, y-e, , in part, and consider
the fact that the resistance made by the lips while the
48 Murdoch's Elocution.
breath is accumulating for the explosion of the sound is
identical with that made in the larynx under the same cir-
cumstances upon the letter
g-H>
1,
l-n-ll.
m,
" m-ai-m
n,
" n-u-u.
r,
" r-a-p.
r,
ta-r.
n g>
as
in
sx-ng.
v,
<
v-a\-ve.
z,
z-one.
z,
a-z-ure
y>
(i
y-e.
w,
zo-oe.
th,
th-exi.
(2) Pronounce syllables in Table II, firmly holding or
sustaining vocal murmur of final elements.
II.
u-b,
e-/,
e-v,
e-zh,
Xl-d,
e-m,
e-/,
\-ng,
u-^,
e-».
e-th,
a-r.
* Teachers should note this fact, and strictly observe the articu-
lation of their pupils in executing such words as are likely to be
confounded in the same movement. The words what, which, and
wheat, for example, are very generally deprived of the aspiration
which distinctly marks their correct pronunciation.
72
Murdoch' s Elocution.
(3) Sound simple elements, Table III, taking great care
not to give a tonic also.
III.
B,
L,
Ng,
Zh,
Th,
D,
M,
v,
Y,
R, vibrant.*
G,
N,
z,
w,
R, j/?.
80. The difficulty experienced by some persons in pro-
ducing the vibrant r, and the fault of continuing the vibra-
tion too long, or a lack of ability to coalesce this element
with others, causing an effort as though two impulses were
made, thus: e-r-r, r-oll, or de-r-r-r-a, may be avoided by
practicing the r, in combination with other elements, with
great rapidity, on the following words :
IV.
Tread,
Dread,
Brave,
Sprig,
Grave,
Reach
Trill,
Drink,
Brink,
Spread,
Groan,
Rage,
Trick,
Dream,
Bread,
Preach,
Grape,
Rend,
Trail,
Drop,
Cry,
Prick,
Grieve,
Roll,
Track,
Strike,
Crowd,
Prance,
Raw,
Roar,
Trance,
Stream,
Crash,
Prowl,
Ride,
Rude,
Stroke,
Stride,
Crush,
Pray,
Rail,
Rise.
Strain,
Straight,
Spry,
Prate,
Rain,
81. After holding the initial sounds in Table V, so that
the strong vocal murmur can be heard and felt, burst them
into each of the succeeding tonics, making short words,
as : ba, bee, bi, etc. There must be no hiatus between
the elements, and yet the initial subtonic must not be an
ineffective, slovenly sound, made so rapidly that it is lost
in the syllable. The practice is to impart to the organs
not only the ability to grasp with power the initial sub-
* Omitted in exercises on extending the sounds.
Exercises on the Subtonic Elements. 73
tonics, but to forcibly drive its strength immediately into
the radical fullness of the tonic, producing an intensified
radical stress. Then let each of the syllables containing
the long vowels be carried through the intervals of in-
tonation. See Tables of Notation, Chapter VII. The
force of the initial subtonic will give directness to the
positive down sweep of the wider falling concretes.
V.
b. — a, e, 1, 6, u, 01, ou.
d. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
g. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
1. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
m. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
n. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
Initial r. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
" v. — a, e, i, o, u, oi,~ou.
" z. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
" w. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
" th. — a, e, i, o, u, oi, ou.
82. In Table VI, it will be seen, short syllables are
produced by placing each of the long tonics successively
before each subtonic sound that may close a syllable or
become a final element; as, abe, eeb, ibe, etc.
(1) Utter each of these syllables with slight radical
opening, and prolonged holding or sustaining of the final
subtonic strongly or firmly, on a level line of pitch,
terminating with forcible utterance of the abrupt vocule.
The protracting of vocal murmur on a level line of
pitch is simply for the purposes of vocal culture, as this
is the holding, pharyngeal power through which the full
extent of resonant murmur or reverberating vocality of
the subtonic sounds is developed. They may be carried
directly through the concrete intervals. Next, through the
principal forms of the wave. In these forms, it will be
observed, the vocule of the subtonic becomes almost im-
perceptible, lessening in proportion as they become ele-
ments of grace instead of force.
M. E.-7.
74
Murdoch's Elocution.
VI.
a. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
e. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
I.— b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
6. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
u. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
a. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
6. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
i.— b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
6. — b, d, g, v, m, n, z.
u.— b, d, g, v, m, n, z,
83. In pronouncing the following words, let them be
uttered with deliberate force, holding the initial letter with
vocal murmur long enough to hear and feel its character-
istic sound and action. Then let the practice be given
more rapidly :
Bad — boys — boasting — brag. But — bold — bears — bite — badly.
Donkeys — don't — dare — danger — daring — deeds — doubtful. Old —
standards — stand — steadily. Grand — bland — logic — made — modern —
muddle — legal. While — rude — winds — roared — gentle — lambs — nib-
bled — daintily. Savage — leopards — ramped — and — raved. Sturdy —
striders — strode — staunchly.
VII.
Bade,
Mull,
Wren,
Yearn,
Mab,
Gun,
Log,
Den,
Bug,
Dog,
Glum,
Noll,
Dub,
Nod,
Dug,
Vice,
Babe,
Dun,
Mob,
Wed,
Nab,
Mud,
Nun,
Gab,
Doll,
Glen,
Woe,
Man,
Lad,
Mum,
Vine,
Gull,
Mug,
Nine,
Wan,
Bad,
Bed,
No,
Gat,
Note,
Song,
Buzz,
Seize,
Dame,
Now,
Bang,
Please,
Dam,
Not,
Hung,
Treasure,
Lame,
Rat,
Bab,
You,
Late,
Rack,
Vane,
Yore,
Loll,
Ray,
Van,
Yet,
Rye,
Void,
We,
Me,
Ring,
Lest,
Wine,
My,
Near,
Wheeze,
Mow,
Ear,
Froze,
Won,
Burst,
War,
Dawn,
They,
Blast,
Lag,
Mouth
This,
Bang,
Loaf,
Bale,
Thine,
Bragg,
Dive,
Dane,
Way,
Wove,
Valve,
Yell,
Thee,
Dew,
Zaney,
Seizure,
Live,
Boy,
Graze,
Wand,
There,
Yarn,
Guy,
Day,
That,
Blind,
Maze,
Wreath,
Grove,
Love,
Yawn,
Thy,
Daze,
Zion,
Loathe,
Lithe.
Exercises on the Snbto7iic Elements. 75
84. All of the syllables in Table VII terminating with a
subtonic, preceded by a long tonic, should be carried with
less percussive initial force, and with a view to prolong-
ing the final element through all the intervals of intona-
tion, both upward and downward.
Chapter IX.
Exercises on the Atonic Elements.
85. Table of the Atonic Elements.
I.
P, as in p-ipe.
T, as in /-en/.
C (hard) and k, as in fce,
E y as in f-ife.
C (soft) and s, as in c-eaje.
H y as in k-e.
Wh, " w/i-eat.
Th, " th-vsx.
Shy " pu-j/4.
(1) The atonic p is produced by an intense compression
of the lips, immediately followed by a whispered or aspi-
rated explosion.*
(2) In executing /, the end of the tongue is strongly
pressed against the roof of the mouth, and an aspirated
explosion is made on the instant of its withdrawal.
(3) K is produced by opening the mouth, retracting and
curving the tongue, while an aspiration is exploded against
the palate.
(4) F is executed by a forcible compression of the teeth
upon the lips, while the breath is driven against them.
(5) S ot c (soft), as in the word cease, is formed by
pressing the sides of the tongue against the roof of the
mouth, and driving through the small aperture between
*The distinctness of elemental practice, if carried too far in
reading or speech, becomes a defect, and should be guarded
against, particularly in p, t, and k.
(76)
Exercises on the Atonic Elements. yy
the tip and interior ridge of gum the aspirated breath.
This forms the characteristic sibillation or hiss of this ele-
ment.
(6) H is formed by a forcible emission of the breath in
the form of a whisper, through the moderately open organs
of speech.
(7) Wh is executed by suddenly driving the aspirated
breath through the lips opened in the position for whist-
ling.
(8) Th, as in thin, is produced by a forcible aspiration
through the slightly parted lips, while the end of the
tongue lies between and presses against the upper teeth.
(9) Sh is formed liked z, in azure, as regards organic
position, but is aspirated instead of vocalized.
The atonies have a feeble vocule, but no vocality, per-
form no part in intonation, and are therefore inferior to
the other elements for purposes of vocal exercise. A prac-
tice on these elements, however, contributes to the me-
chanical facility of the organs in articulation.
86. (1) Articulate each syllable in Table I distinctly.
Then repeat, holding the final or atonic element for a
moment, and then letting the breath escape from the
organs with abruptness. This will produce the vocule, or
little voice, of the elements p, t, k, f, and th. The re-
maining atonic elements producing no occlusion (or but
little) in their formation, are almost without the vocule.
(2) Next utter the simple aspirated elements, as in the
following table, with emphatic force :
II.
P!
K!
S!
Wh!
T!
F!
H!
Sh!
Th!
(3) Pronounce the following words with distinct articula-
tion of every element in combination.
78
Murdoch's Elocution.
in.
Pap,
Bold,
Whale,
Tat,
Hark,
Where,
Kile,
Siss,
What,
Fife,
Ice,
Whence,
Fright,
Sweep,
Whiff,
Wi/e,
Shame,
Thick,
Cuff,
Shock,
Throat,
Hah,
Shot,
Death,
Haul,
Swish,
Thwart,
Harm,
WisA,
Thank.
(4) Pronounce the words in the following table, "hold-
ing " the initial letter firmly for a moment, and then letting
the sound break abruptly from the first atonic into the
tonic, and terminating the syllable with the second atonic,
giving its vocule distinctly.
It must be carefully noted that in pronouncing the
syllable no hiatus occurs between the sound of the aspirate
element and the tonic, but that the former, after a mo-
mentary holding, must instantaneously open into the latter.
The same thing has been pointed out as applying to the
subtonic elements when they precede the tonics.
IV.
Peck,
Fife,
Thick,
Kiss,
Tip,
Sick,
Shut,
Heath.
Rob,
Hush,
Wheat.
87. Let these tables be often and carefully repeated, ob-
serving a correct use of the breath, as suggested by the
directions for breathing in the preceding exercises. The
rule for the correct sounding of the final subtonics and
atonies is to stop the breath with the separation of the
organs, otherwise there is likely to occur an after puff or
aspiration; as, lip-ah, did-ah, and-ah.
The utmost rigor of attention on the part of the student
is required to guard against the evils arising from bad
elementary training.
Miscellaneous Exercises. 79
Exercises on Short Tonics, Abrupt Subtonic, and
Atonic Elements.
88. (1) First cough out the tonic elements. Then artic-
ulate tonic element with explosive force in pure vocality.
Next, utter entire syllable in the columns of Table V
with forcible distinctness.
V.
A-a^, A-a.d, A-a^, A-a/, A -a/, A-a£,
E-e/>, E-ed, E-eg, E-e/, E-ep, E-ek,
I-i£, l-id, lAg t I-i/, I-ip, I-Lfc,
O-o^, O-od, O-og, O-ot, O-o/, O-o/C',
U-u£. U-uaT. U-u^. U-u/. U-u/. U-u/-.
(2) First give the elemental sound of the subtonics and
atonies in the columns of Table VI, holding on to the
guttural murmur of the former, and to the organic posi-
tion for the latter, and closing with the vocule. Then
pronounce syllables distinctly, and with force. After the
vocule of the atonies and subtonics is brought under con-
trol of the organs, lessen the force on those terminative
sounds to the utmost delicacy of touch. If employed
beyond the effect of delicate precision in ordinary articu-
lation, the vocule produces an unpleasant and pedantic
effect.
VI.
D-a£, B-ed, B-i<5, B-o£, B-u3,
D-a, D-ed, D-id, D-od, B-nd,
G-zg, G-eg, G-i^, G-o^, G-u^,
T-a/, T-e/, T-i/, T-o/, T-u/,
P-a/, P-e/, P-i/, P-o/, P-u/,
K-a*. K-e/t, K-i/c. K-o£. K-u*.*
• The teacher may transfer these exercises to the blackboard,
and diversify the mode of exercise so as to embrace a varied range
of brisk and rapid practice of the organs in the execution of the
elements.
8o
Murdoch y s Elocution.
89. The exercise on Table VII is to secure facility of
organic action in the utterance of those combinations
where the subtonic or atonic elements are repeated at
the different syllabic extremes, as in at-tire. This is
effected, not by separating the organs on the first sound
before uttering the latter, but by a renewed forcible exer-
tion of the organs, which increases and prolongs the
sound of the vocal murmur of the subtonic, and gives pre-
cision to the atonic. This practice on the doubling of the
element, therefore, imparts the ''holding power" to the
organs on these elements.
VII.
At-tack,
Op-pose,
Im-mense,
Ad-dress,
Oc-cur,
In-ner,
Ap-peal,
Oc-casion,
Up-per,
Ap-proach,
Oc-cult,
Ut-ter,
At-test,
Ef-fuse,
Sup-port,
Ap-pear,
Ef-fect,
Sup-press,
At-tempt,
Ag-gressor,
Sup-ply,
Ac-cept,
Im-merse,
At-tach.
go. The constant repetition of exercises on the elements,
in every possible combination, is not only for perfecting
the concrete movement, but it is the means by which the
voice is improved, and in many cases built. They are of
the same value as the practice of do, re, mi, upon the
scales in cultivating the voice for singing.
The concrete is the vital principal in the perfection of
speech ; it marks the difference between the ' ' hurried,
clipped sounds heard in the voice of trade or traffic," and
the elegance of perfected speech of the pulpit, the bar,
and the stage, or wherever cultivation impresses itself
upon the ear through those musically mellow and forcibly
delicate intonations that charm the hearer.
This portion of our subject is treated in the most mas-
terly manner by Rush in his section upon syllabication. I
Miscellaneous Exercises. 81
had expected to introduce it into my manual, but space
forbids. I can only here repeat that every syllable must
pass through a concrete on some interval of the scale, and
explain that it derives its singleness of impulse and length
from certain relations existing between this concrete func-
tion and the three classes of elements : tonic, atonic, and
subtonic.
91. Every syllabic combination has its purpose in the
expression of speech; those elements and combinations
of elements which are lacking in the more agreeable qual-
ities, fulfill an essential office in the force and energy of
utterance.
The tendency in the general treatment of spoken language
seems to be to slight the importance of the consonant ele-
ments (subtonics and atonies) beyond that of their mere
articulative functions. The subtonics, in addition to the
resonant beauty of their vocal murmur, and their capacity
for prolongation as final elements of syllables, are also ele-
ments of great force. They are the means by which it
may be said one grasps or holds a word under the control
of the organs ; or they may be called (together with the
abrupt atonies), when used initially, the slings, by whose
motive power the tonics are projected from the mouth in
expressive utterance, or in positive or enforced articu-
lation.
If grace and beauty alone were to be considered in the
utterance of language, it would lose much of its expressive
character arising from these elements, which, owing to the
peculiar relations existing between them and the tonics,
add to its strength and intensity. A careful analysis of
words will also show the expressive value of the atonies
beside their mere mechanical functions in articulation.
92. Sheridan, who seems to have appreciated the real
value of the consonants more than almost any other writer
before Rush, says: "Nothing is more common than to
82 Murdoch 's Elocution.
hear natives of this country (England) acknowledging the
justness of the charge which foreigners make against the
English tongue, that of abounding too much in consonants;
and yet, upon a fair examination, it would appear that we
have no more than what contribute to strength and expres-
sion. If the vowels be considered as the blood, the con-
sonants are the nerves and sinews of a language." And
again: "As the blending of vowels in dipthongs gives the
greatest sweetness to syllables, so the union of two or more
consonants gives the greatest strength."
93. Smart, in speaking of the benefits of a "cultivated
utterance of the consonants," says:
" It is understood that a language is harmonious in proportion
as it abounds with open vowel sounds. . . . Doubtless, in respect
to melody alone, such a language must possess great advantages.
Where softness, harmony, and sweetness are required in pastoral or
elegaic poetry, and in that species of eloquence where the object
is only to please and captivate, it will be used with great effect.
But when we intend to be strong and nervous, to rouse and
animate, whence is to come the corresponding energy in the lan-
guage? ... In fact, real energy of pronunciation [delivery] does
not consist in a vociferate utterance, but in active and forcible ex-
ertion of the organs ; and if a language gives no room for any ex-
ertion of this kind, if to pronounce it properly the whole flow of
language must roll upon the vowels, and the consonants be little
dwelt upon, however harmonious such a language would be, it
would want strength and vigor. It is certain that the English
tongue is not chargeable with defects of this kind. On the con-
trary, the number of its monosyllables, which so often begin or end
with clusters of consonants, and the frequent practice of shortening
or entirely shutting the vowel sounds, have been the cause of tax-
ing it with harshness. But, in this respect, it is presumed much
depends on the person who pronounces it, because there are proofs
that some consonants are capable of harmonious effects, and if care
be taken in utte7'ing them, may supply the want of a greater number
of sounds purely vocal, at the same time that they preserve their
quality by adding strength to pronunciation. As a proof of the
tuneful quality of the vocal consonants [subtonics], we may remark
Division of Syllables. S$
that a semi-vowel [subtonic] contains voice enough to be made the
subject of a note in singing; that is to say, if any word ending
with a vocal consonant — dell, for instance — occurred in a song
under a long note, it is in the singer's power to make nearly the
whole note run upon the /. How soft and harmonious are the
consonant sounds marked in italics in the following lines:
' There, on beds of z'iolets ^lue,
And fresh ^lovrn roses washed in dew.
" It is a pleasure to a good reader or speaker when he has such
sounds to utter. He dwells upon them, throws into them all the
voice they are capable of receiving, and through their means mel-
lows his whole pronunciation."
Division of Syllables with Regard to their Quan-
tity or Capacity for Extended Time.
94. The concrete is subject to limitations in the syllabic
structure, and the capacity of syllables for prolongation is
determined by the character and relative positions of the
elementary constituents. All syllables may be divided
with reference to their quantity, as affected by these con-
ditions, into three general classes :
First, those which can not be prolonged without deform-
ing their utterance or destroying their correct pronuncia-
tion. These are the shortest syllables in the language, and
are called, from their unchangeable quantity, immutable
syllables. They comprehend the most of those wherein
the concrete is terminated with an abrupt atonic element,
preceded by a tonic and subtonic, or by a tonic and one
or more atonies. Thus, in the following words the sylla-
bles italicized are immutable. Articulate the words, and
try to make these syllables longer than their usual short
utterance attendant upon the arrangement of their ele-
ments, and the result will be a deformity that will be at
once rejected by the most undiscriminating ear.
84 Murdochs Elocution.
*' Thou to/-tered, starveling z^-start."
" I'll fight till from my bones my flesh be hack-ed."
" Spit forth thy spleen."
"Tried and coxv-vict-ed, traitor."
95. The second class of syllables are those restricted
in quantity, but still possessing a certain power of ex-
tension. These are composed of an abrupt terminating
element, preceded by a tonic and one or more subtonics,
with, in some cases, an additional atonic or atonies. The
power of prolongation in these syllables lies in their sub-
tonic and tonic sounds, but is limited to only a moderate
extension of time by the terminating abrupt element.
From this slight power of variation in respect of quantity,
they are called mutable syllables. Of such are these itali-
cized in the following sentences:
ti Bub-\Ae, bub-ble, toil and trou-hle."
" What news?"
"I am no mate for you."
John struck James.
You can not make him do it.
96. The third class consists of syllables capable of in-
definite prolongation, and are hence called indefinite sylla-
bles. They comprehend all that are terminated by a tonic
or subtonic, except b, d, and g. Of such are the follow-
ing :
"Be-ware the thane of Fife."
"Hail, holy light."
" Chieftains, fore-go — "
"Old ocean rolls:"
" Blow, bugle, blow."
These syllables may also be uttered with as short quan-
tity as the immutables, but their capacity for quantity or
extension in time arising from the character and arrange-
ment of their elements, is the point (or principle) consid-
ered in the present division.
Chapter X.
Exercises on the Elements in Syllabic Combinations.
Tonic Elements.
97. The following exercise is intended to fix the atten-
tion more closely on each tonic element, as it occurs in
words and syllables, with special reference to its clear,
radical opening.
(1) Let the columns of words be given as individual
utterances, complete and separate, with deliberate opening
abruptness of the initial element, graduated from clear
exactness to explosive force.
(2) Let them, then, be repeated across the page, with
increased rapidity of succession at each repetition, thus
securing to the organs the ability to pass rapidly from one
utterance to the next. Each syllable, however, must be
distinctly uttered.
(3) Take the same words arranged in sentential form,
first uttering them with abruptness, graduated in force on
the initial, in the same manner as in the exercises on the
columns.
Next, read the words with moderate force, and with
reference to the connection in groups, as indicated by the
dividing bar.
A third repetition will be found of great benefit, as
regards the formation of habits of exact and clear enunci-
ation, by accustoming the organs to repeat the sentence
with force and rapidity of movement, gradually diminished
(85)
86
Murdoch's Elocution.
at each repetition, but with a perfectly accurate enforce-
ment of the abrupt utterance of the initial of the tonic
elements. The peculiar object of such an exercise is to
bring together certain elementary combinations in the
closest succession, without special regard to connected suc-
cession of sense, but to secure precision and facility of
organic act. Enforced radical stress in plain articulation,
however, makes every word emphatic; the force, when
once acquired, should therefore be lessened to a clear, full
opening of the words only.*
Aid,
If,
Our,
In,
Oil,
Olden,
Extra,
Over,
Outer,
Erring,
Ounce,
Action,
Aged,
Urn,
Itch,
Ailing,
Ever,
Artful,
Air.
Agitate,
An,
Offer,
Early,
Ell,
Occupy,
Eel,
Ugly,
Agate,
Inkling,
Awful,
It,
Ooze,
Elk,
Actor,
Angry.
Owner,
Impish,
Ilk,
Oats,
Anger,
Outer,
Eat,
Upper,
Out,
Ictus,
At,
On,
Out,
out,
98.— I.
old,
age,
aroint,
ye.
Out, J out, J old age! | aroint ye!" |
II.
An
in,
awful,
of,
out,
uttered.
old,
owl,
outcry,
attic,
order,
empty.
*The teacher will find great assistance in his endeavors to se-
cure a proper execution, on the part of his pupils, of the various
degrees of abruptness and force of which the tonic element is capa-
ble, by placing such exercises on the blackboard for class work.
These exercises can also be varied and simplified for a class of
beginners, and enlarged upon for the use of adults, as the good
sense and experience of the master may direct.
Exercises in Syllabic Combinations. Sy
An owl | uttered | an awful | outcry | in an old empty attic | all
out of order. I
III.
Envious,
artful,
ignorant,
despised,
hated,
execrated,
cursed,
spent,
paying,
back,
bitterness,
persecutors,
scorn,
contempt,
scorpions,
curs,
all,
cry.
offered,
go,
return,
no,
more,
avaunt,
leave,
hate,
rend,
dogs,
tear,
comfort.
hypocrites,
vipers,
begone,
condolence,
" Envious, artful, and ignorant, | he was despised and hated, |
execrated and cursed, | by his former associates ; | his life was
spent | paying back the bitterness | of his persecutors | with scorn
and contempt. |
"'Scorpions and curs | are ye all!' | he would cry | to the few
who offered him j condolence or comfort. |
"'Go, | and return | no more! |
"'Avaunt! | and leave me! | or my hate shall rend, | and my
rage shall tear, you! | Hypocrites and vipers, | begone." |
"Alone, alone, all, all alone."
"An Austrian army, awfully arrayed."
"The air, the earth, the water."
"Away! — away! — and on we dash!"
"Our erring actions often end in anger."
SUBTONIC AND ATONIC ELEMENTS IN SYLLABIC COMBINA-
TIONS.
99. The frequent and rapid change of movement re-
quired in the different combinations of subtonic and atonic
elements, renders a mechanical nicety in discipline of the
articulative organs an indispensable requisite.
The articulation of such combinations will be necessarily
somewhat formal at first, but by frequent repetition, and
with gradually increased rapidity in the successive utter-
88 Murdoch 's Elocution.
ance, ease, as well as force and precision, will be acquired.
The student will find, that perfect control over such diffi-
cult combinations will render enunciation easy of accom-
plishment in the flow of consecutive words in the current
of discourse.
Table of Atonic and Subtonic Elements in Combination.
bd, bdst, br, bs } as in or-b'd, pro-b'd'st, br-and, ri-bs.
bl, bid, bldst, " a-ble, trou-bl'd, trou-bl'd'st.
biz, blst, bsl, bz, " trou-bles, trou-bl'st, rob-b'st, pro-bes.
dl, did, dlz, dz, " can-die, han-dl'd, can-dies, dee-ds.
dlst, dr, " fon-dl'st, dr-ove.
dth, dths, " brea-dth, brea-dths.
jl, fid, flsl, ftz, " fl-ame, tri-fl'd, tri-fl'st, tri-fles.
A> f s > f s *> ff s i " fr-ame, lau-ghs, lau-gh'st, cli-ffs.
ft,fts,ftst, " wa-ft, wa-fts, wa-ft'st.
gd, gdst, gist, " brag-g'd, brag-g'd'st, man-gl'st.
gl, gld, glz, " gl-ow, hag-gled, man-gles.
g r -> S s -> £ st i gd) " g r_ave > pi-g s > wa-g'st, hed-ged.
kl, kid, klz, klst, " un-cle, tin-kl'd, truc-kles, truc-kl'st.
kn, knd, knz y " blac-ken, blac-ken'd, blac-kens.
knst, kndst, kr, " blac-ken'st, blac-ken'd'st, cr-oney.
ks, kst, ct, " thin-ks, thin-k'st, su-ck'd.
lb, Ibd, Ibz, " e-lbe, bu-lb'd, bu-lbs.
Id, Idz, Idst, " ho-ld, ho-lds, ho-ld'st.
If, l/s, Ift, Ij, " e-lf, e-lfs, de-lft-ware, bu-lge.
Ik, Ikt, Iks, Ikts, " mi-Ik, mi-lk'd, si-Iks, mu-lcts.
Im, Imd, Imz, " e-lm, whe-lmed, whe-lms.
Ip, Ips, Ipst, " he-lp, he-lps, he-lp'st.
Is, 1st, It, Its^ " fa-lse, fa-ll'st, fe-lt, ha-lts.
Iv, Ivd, Ivz, Iz, " she-lve, she-lv'd, e-lves, ba-lls.
Ish, Isht, Ith, Ms, " fii-lch, fi-lch'd, hea-lth, hea-lths.
md, mf, mt, " ento-mb'd, Hu-mph-ry, atte-mpt
mts, mz, mst, " atte-mpts, to-mbs, ento-mb'st.
nd, ndz, ndsl, " a-nd, ba-nds, se-nd'st.
nj, njd, Hz, " ra-nge, ra-ng'd, fi-ns.
nk, nks, nksl, " thi-nk, thi-nks, thi-nk'st.
nt, ntsl, ntz, nst, " se-nt, wa-nt'st, wa-nts, wi-nc'd.
nsh, nsht, ngd f " fli-nch, fli-nch'd, ha-ng'd.
ngz, ngth, ngt/is, " so-ngs, stre-ngth, stre-ngths.
//, pld, plz, pr, " pl-uck, rip-pled, rip-pies, pr-ay.
plst, ps, pst, " rip-pl'st, chi-ps, nip-p'st.
rb, rbd, rbz, u he-rb, ba-rb'd, he-rbs.
rbst, rbdst, " ba-rb'st, ba-rb'd'st.
rd, rds, rdst " ba-rd, ba-rds, hea-rd'st.
Exercises in Syllabic Combinations. 89
r J\ Vft* r &% r ^> r Ji r J l *i ;ls ' n su-1 'f> wha-rfd, bu-rgh, bu-rghs, ba-rge,
u-rg'd.
rk, rkt, rks, u ha-rk, lia-rk'il, a-rcs.
r&st, rktst, n t " ba-rk'st, ba-rk'd'st, e-rrs.
rl, rid, rlz, " sna-rl, hu-iTd, sna-rls.
rlst, rldst, rsh y u sna-rl'st, sna-rl'd'st, ha-rsh.
rm, rt/id, r/uz, " a-rm, a-rm'd, a-rms,
rmst, midst, " a-rm'st, a'rm'd'st
m, rnd, rnt, rnz, " bu-rn, bu-rn'd, bu-rnt, u-rns.
msty rndst, rt, " ea-rn'st, ea-rn'd'st, hea-rt.
rp, rpt,)ips, rts, " ha-rp, ha-rp'd, ha-rps, hea-rts.
rs, rst, rsts, rtst, " hea-rse, fea-r'st, bu-rsts, hu-rt'st.
rc/i t " sea-rch.
rv, rvd, i"vz, " cu-rve, cu-rv'd, cu-rves.
rvst, rvdst, rcht, " cu-rv'st, cu-rv'd'st, sea-rch'd.
rtk, rths, sk, s/it, " hea-rth, hea-rths, sh-ip, pu-sh'd.
sk, ski, sks, sksl, " ma-sk, ma-sk'd, ma-sks, ma-sk'st.
si, sld, sm, sn, " sl-ay, ne-stl'd, sm-oke, sn-ail.
st, sir, sts, sp, sps t " st-arve, str-ong, bur-sts, sp-a, whi-sps.
Ih, thd, thz, thst } " th-ine, wrea-th'd, wrea-ths, wrea-th'st.
thy thm, thr, tlis, " th-istle, rhy-thm, thr-ough, hea-ths.
//, t/d,\llz 7 " ht-tle, set-tied, bat-ties.
list, sldst, Ir, " set-tl'st, set-tl'd'st, tr-avels.
Iz, tst, vd, vdst, " ha-ts, comba-t'st, swer-v'd, li-v'd'st.
vl, vld, viz, u swi-vel, dri-vel'd, dri-vels.
vlst, vldst, vst f " dri-vel'st, dri-vel ; d'st, li-v'st.
vn, vz, " dri-ven, li-ves.
zl, zld, zlZj " muz-zle, muz-zl'd, muz-zles.
zlst, zldst, " muz-zl'st, muz-zl : d'st.
zm, zmz, chl f " spa-sm, spa-sms, fet-ch'd.
zn, znd, znz, " pri-son, impri-son'd, pri-sons.'
znst, zndslj " impri-son'st, impri-son'd'st.
All of the foregoing tables should be submitted to the
whispering process of exercise before directed. All tables
of exercises will receive additional efficiency in their prac-
tice, where the whispered form is introduced before or
after the vocal form.
Exercises on Words of More than One Syllable.
100. The practice should next be directed to the articu-
lative grouping of syllables into words of two or more
syllabic constituents.
The rules which determine usage in the matter of pro-
nunciation as regards the accent of words of more than one
M. E.—8.
90
Murdoch 's Elocution.
syllable, it is not the object of these exercises to touch
upon, the latter being chiefly concerned with the education
of the organs to facility, energy, and beauty of utterance.
For the correct pronunciation of words, the student is
therefore referred to our standard dictionaries. In learn-
ing a word, the accented syllable should always be learned
as soon as the child studies accent.
We would recommend, however, as a valuable exercise,
following in the immediate line of our present practice,
the careful pronunciation of a column of words every day
from the page of a standard dictionary, with careful atten-
tion to correct accentuation and smooth articulation. This
will not only familiarize the mind with standard usage in
the matter of pronunciation, but insure smoothness and
energy of execution to the articulative organs by thus con-
stantly exercising them on every variety of elemental and
syllabic combination.
The following columns of words will furnish a form of
exercise similar to the one here recommended, giving a
number of difficult combinations of elements. The object
in view should be to utter the word distinctly, yet preserv-
ing the individual characteristic sound of each element,
according to its proper pronunciation in the word. This
exercise may be varied by passing from a deliberate to a
rapid utterance, and vice versa. After pronouncing them
in columns, let them be read across the page, slowly at first,
but increasing the rate of movement until the maximum
of rapidity, consonant with distinct utterance, is attained.
Then let the rate of utterance be gradually diminished.
Stubble,
Tattle,
Vowing,
Dancing,
Babble,
Cackle,
Flinging,
Storming,
Bubble,
Having,
Dying,
Buckle,
Gabble,
Ringing,
Grinning,
Mangle,
Gagging,
Owing,
Bringing,
Murmur,
Rabid,
Cubeb,
Deadly,
Peptic
Bib.
Exercises in Syllabic Combinations. 9 1
Gig,
Giggle,
Heaven,
Mention,
Strengthen,
Little,
Season,
Pipkin,
Critic,
Kick,
Taken,
Kickshaw,
Gloaming,
Stringing,
Uncle,
Hoping,
Gloomy,
Rising,
Evening,
Wrangling,
Singing,
Thinking,
Ailing,
Humming,
Smoking,
Sickle,
Mowing,
Grajnmar,
Pebble,
Chicken,
Lengthen,
Reason,
Witticism,
Tattle,
Squibler,
Robbin,
Dodder,
Goggle,
Magog,
Totter,
Poplin,
Stolen^
Sprinkle,
Widen,
Wringing,
1 drubbing,
Mingling,
Shrapnel,
1 [orrible,
Dunning,
Coming,
Swinging,
Tinkling,
Acting,
Doing,
Tapping,
Raking,
Loving,
Striving,
Tattling,
Willing,
Million,
Stealing,
Globule,
Caning,
Popping,
Frightful.
Puppy,
Scupper,
Fallen,
Famine,
Tipple,
Spoken.
Twinkling,
II. — Polysyllabic Words.
Absolutely,
Abstinently,
Accessory,
Accurately,
Agitated,
Adequately,
Angularly,
Antepenult,
Architecture,
Agriculture,
Annihilate,
Antipathy,
Apocrypha,
Apostatize,
Appropriate,
Assiduous,
Assimilate,
Associate,
Acquiescence,
Acquisition,
Alienation,
Necessarily,
Ordinarily,
Momentarily,
Temporarily,
Recognition,
Particularly,
Recognize,
Voluntarily,
Obediently,
Immediately,
Innumerable,
Intolerable,
Dishonorable,
Ambiguously,
Articulately,
Collaterally,
Colloquially,
Affability,
Agricultural,
Allegorical,
Alimentary,
Astrological,
Atmospherical,
Christianity,
Chronological,
Annihilation,
Annunciation,
Appreciation,
Apologetic,
Association,
Circumlocution,
Apocalyptic,
Acknowledgment,
Regularly,
Cemetery,
Circumvolution,
Coagulation,
Colonization,
Commemoration,
Congratulatory,
Authoritatively,
Disinterestedly,
Expostulatory,
Dietetically,
Disingenuousness,
Immutability,
Compatability,
Ecclesiastical,
Spirituality,
Congratulations,
Seminary,
Dictionary,
Preantepenult,
Reconsideration,
Religiously,
Idiosyncrasy,
Homogeneous
Dictionary,
Peculiarly,
Righteous,
Ignominiously,
Syllabication,
Syllabification.
92 Murdoch *s Elocution,
Articulative Exercises on the various Subtonic and
Atonic Elements, in Combination of Consecutive
Language.
"There, on <5eds of violets blue,
And fresh-^lown roses washed in dew."
"The bzxbzxows, Hubert took a bribe
To kill the royal bdube."
"And now a bubble burst, and now a world."
"Earth smiles around with boundless beauty blest,
And beholds its image in his breast."
"The south sea bubble, put the public in a hubbub."
"Strikes through their woun^ei hearts the sudden dread."
"He licks the hand just raised to shed his bloo*/."
" Meadows trim and Raises pied,
Shallow brooks and rivers wide.'"
"And of those demons that are found,
In fire, air, Hood, or une ot/er the
head."
" As I wake sweet music brea/7/e,
Above, about, or undernea///."
" And the milkmaid singeth bli///e,
And the mower whets his scy//*e."
"And the smooM stream in smoo//;er numbers flows."
"Approach thou like the rugged Russian bear,
The arm'd rhinoceros, or the Hyrcan tiger."
" T^end with tremendous sound your ears asunder
With gun, drum, trumpet, blunderbuss and thunder."
"Thine this universal frame thus wondrous fair."
"Virtue's fair form."
" What man dare, I dare."
"Ah fear, ah frantic fear/
I see, I see thee near —
Like thee I start, like thee disordered fly."
94 Murdoch's Elocution.
"A wight well versed in waggery."
" The sweet maid swooned away."
" He wooed a woman who would never wed."
" He gives-, as is his usage at this season,
A series of sermons on moral duties - ."
"A roseate blush, with soft suffusion,
Divulged her gentle mind's confusion."
"The frolic wind that breathes the spring."
" In China's gropes of vegetable gold."'
" Progressive virtue and approving heaven."
"Tenth or ten thousands breaks the chain alike."
"The s/iade he sought and dunned the sunjv^ine."
il The weak-eyed bat,
With .sv&ort, .shrill shriek, flits by on leathern wing."
"The rushi^-, cracklifl^, erasing thunder down."
" The string let fly,
Twanged short and sharp, like the .svfcrill swallow's cry.
"Whence and what art thou, execrable shape?"
" Whence do we come, and whither go?"
"The whole room whirled about her,
When she whispered, why ? w^ere ? "
" But with the whi^" and wind of his /ell sword,
The unnerved /ather /alls."
u But with the /roward he was fierce as /ire."
"The xophi^'i- shrewd Jugger/ion."
" Guewing the design was perreived, he dem/ed."
Exercises i?i Syllabic Co?nbinatio?is. 95
"See the maker that they rear —
How they hiss in their hair."
"A thousand with red, burning spits, come hiding."
" Happy thou art not —
For what thou hast not, still thou striven to get ;
And what thou ha.?/, forget'^/."
"Thou art not certain,
For thy complexion shiftr to strange effects."
"He /*ad learned the w//ole art of angling by heart."
" Be /mmble and //umane. Hate not your enemies."
" Up a high /all he heaved a huge round stone."
" High, heaven has not heard his vow."
"A pert, prim, prater of the northern race."
" Here files of pins extend their shining rows,
Puffs, /owder, /atches, bibles, billet-doux."
"Do you think I am easier to be /layed upon than a pipe?"
".Peter Piper picked a peck of peppers."
"The tempter saw his time."
"A /ell-/ale /a//ling /ermagan/ that /roubled all the /own."
"He /alked, and s/amped, and chafed, /ill all were shocked."
" To inhabi/ a mansion remote
From the cla#er of s/ree/-pacing steeds."
"A block cake of eS quoth he, * but vanity, sets love a task like that.''''''
— " Translation," LEIGH HUNT.
M. E.— 16.
1 86 Murdoch's Elocution.
Yield, madman, yield ! thy horse is down,
Thou hast nor lance nor shield ;
Fly ! — I will grant thee time. ' ' This flag
Can neither fly nor yield '! " '"
— " Count Candespina 's Standard," Boker.
" Lord cardinal,
To you I speak."
" Your pleasure, madam ?
"The queen is obstinate,
Stubborn to justice, apt to accuse it, and
Disdainful to be tried by it; 'tis not well.
She's going away."
' I will not tarry ; no, nor ever more,
Upon this business my appearance make
In any of their courts."
— Extracts from "Henry VIII" SHAKESPEARE.
IMPATIENT EXCLAMATION.
Ye gods, ye gods! Must I endure all this?"
— "Julius Ccesar," Shakespeare
"O that I had him,
With six Aufidiuses, or more, his tribe,
To use my lawful sword ! "
— " Coriolanus," SHAKESPEARE.
DETERMINED PURPOSE.
"On such occasions, I will place myself on the extreme bound-
ary of my right, and bid defiance to the arm that would push me
from it."
— Webster.
Median Stress. 187
Hear me yet, good Shylock."
Pll have my bond ; speak not against my bond :
/ have sworn an oath that I zuill have my bond.''''
I pray thee, hear me speak.''''
Pll have my bond; I will not hear thee speak:
Pll have my bond, and therefore speak no more."
' ' Follow not :
I'll have no speaking: I will have my bond."
— Extracts from "Merchant of Venice,'' 1 Shakespeare.
Median Stress.
142. Median stress is an enforcement of the middle por-
tion of the concrete. The sound beginning with a moder-
ate degree of force, increases gradually in volume and
strength to a swelling fullness, and then diminishes again
gradually, and terminates with an equable vanish. Thus,
in the sentence, "/ am the resurrection and the life" the
dignified grandeur of the utterance will produce this move-
ment on the syllable I.
The character of the median stress may be illustrated by
the gradual increase and diminution of force and fullness
of sound in the yawn. This form of force can only be
employed on syllables of indefinite quantity, as its peculiar
construction implies extension of time; and as the latter
generally continues the voice into the wave, the median
stress or swell is most frequently and effectively employed
on this form of intonation. In this case, the culmination
of force and fullness is applied at the juncture of the two
constituents.
1 88 Murdoch's Elocution.
Take the word Hail! as an adoring salutation, and
this form of stress may be exhibited on the wave of the
second, third, or fifth, according to the degree of directive
energy in the feeling, swelling to its greatest fullness at the
point of flexure or bending of the wave.
The median stress may also be applied to the rising and
falling intervals of the fifth and octave, but it is not prac-
ticable on those of lesser extent, except when they are
duplicated in the form of the wave.
Median stress we will find to be that form of expressive
force used to distinguish syllables in language of a highly
dignified, elevated, or exalted character, and is employed
in all degrees of enforcement, from the most delicate full-
ness of sound, to a firm, strong swelling energy.
An excellent exercise to begin with, in seeking to acquire
a command over the median stress, is to practice the sim-
ple function of yawning on the syllable ah, giving as much
vocality as possible to the sound, and extending and swell-
ing to its fullest extent.
The stress should next be practiced on the long tonic
elements and indefinite syllables, in conjunction with the
less extended waves, at first, and in its gentlest form of
swell; — then with the wider waves and intervals in all its
gradations of enforcement.
In each case, let the sound be clearly opened with that
delicate organic action which constitutes the lightest form
of the radical stress, (otherwise it will lack clear quality
and definite character,) and gradually and firmly swelled
to a full volume, and then as gradually diminished. The
swelling sound must never be continued for an instant on
a level line of pitch, or it will lose its character as a
speech note, and become a singing drawl, — which is
neither speech nor song. This faulty effect is often the
result of attempting to draw the sounds out to too great an
extent before the organs have become habituated by
Examples of Median Stress. 189
gradual practice to extend it equably and firmly in the
gradual swell.
The Median is heard in the element of the word all, in
reverence and adoration; e. g., "Join all ye creatures in
his praise."
Examples of Median Stress.
"The meanest flower that blows, can give
Thoughts that do often lie too deep for tears."
— Wordsworth.
"These are Thy glorious works, Parent of Good,
Almighty! Thine this universal frame
Thus wondrous fair, — Thyself how wondrous then!
Unspeakable ! who sitt'st above these heavens,
To us invisible, or dimly seen
'Midst these thy lowest works!"
— " Morning Hymn in Paradise" MlLTON.
"Thou glorious mirror! where the Almighty's form
Glasses itself in tempests."
"And I have lov'd thee, Ocean! and my joy
Of youthful sports was on thy breast to be
Borne, like thy bubbles, onward ; — from a boy
I wanton'd with thy breakers, — they to me
Were a delight."
— Byron.
And this is in the night: — Most glorious night!
Thou wert not sent for slumber ! let me be
A sharer in thy fierce and far delight, —
A portion of the tempest and of thee!
How the lit lake shines, — a phosphoric sea,
And the big rain comes dancing to the earth ! "
— Byron.
190 Murdoch's Elocution.
"What a piece of work is a man! How noble in reason! how
infinite in faculties ! in form and moving, how express and admir-
able ! In action, how like an angel! in apprehension, how like a
god!"
— "Hamlet," Shakespeare.
"The voice of the Lord is upon the waters: the God of glory
thundereth ; the Lord is upon many waters. The voice of the
Lord is powerful ; the voice of the Lord is full of majesty. The
voice of the Lord breaketh the cedars; yea, the Lord breaketh
the cedars of Lebanon."
— The Bible.
REGRET.
"My heart laments that virtue cannot live,
Out of the teeth of emulation."
— "Julius Gesar" Shakespeare.
Thorough Stress in Expression.
143. Thorough stress carries the force and fullness of
the radical throughout the entire concrete or wave, giving
it a heavy or blunt effect. Let the sentence, "I care not
for your threats ! " be uttered in a rudely defiant manner,
and the emphatic / will illustrate this form of force.
Thorough stress has no light degrees, being always a
sign of boldness and energy. On the short tonics, or on
immutable syllables, this form of stress is scarcely to be
distinguished from the radical, but on elements or syllables
of quantity its peculiarly blunt effect is most noticeable.
This stress requires practice on the tables of mutable
and indefinite syllables through the intervals and waves.
Thorough stress is heard in the following language of de-
fiance on the word all, again employed to express another
emotion: " Come one, co?ne all!" The same syllable may
be given five or six times, with different degrees of force
and interval.
Exercises in Thorough Stress. 191
Exercises in Thorough Stress.
She's cursed,' said the skipper; 'speak her fair:
I 'm scary always to see her shake
Her wicked head, with its wild gray hair,
And nose like a hawk, and eyes like a snake.' "
— Whittier.
" ' What on airth is he up to, hey?'
4 Don'o — ther 's suthin or other to pay,
Ur he wouldn't a' stayed to hum to-day.'
Says Burke, 'His toothache's all 'n his eye!
He never 'd miss a Fo'th-o-July,
Ef he hedn't got some machine to try.'"
— J. T. Trowbridge.
11 We drink the downfall
Of an accursed land!"
The night is growing darker, —
Ere one more day is flown,
Bregenz, our foeman's stronghold,
Bregenz shall be our own ! "
— Adelaide Procter.
Compound Stress.
144. Compound stress combines the forcible forms of
the radical and vanishing stresses on one syllabic concrete
or wave. Requiring, therefore, both time and space for
its execution, it is employed only on indefinite syllables,
through the wider intervals and waves, powerfully marking
their extremes. It is the most intensified form of distinc-
tion that can be applied to the concrete, and marks the
most powerful forms of emphasis; it can only be produced
by the speaker placing himself in sympathy with the
192 Murdoch's Elocution.
emotion of which it is the exponent; it is generally accom-
panied by aspiration. Intense surprise, contempt, and
withering scorn naturally demand this stress.
Practice upon table of indefinite syllables in the concrete
intervals and waves. Expression again employs the sylla-
ble all to apply this stress to the emphatic words of the
astonished interrogative: "What all, did they all fail?"
Repeat the element, and then the word all, five or six
times, with steadily increasing force, and the student's ear
can not fail to tutor him in the future application of the
stress.
Compound stress is exemplified in the violent and ex-
cited interrogation of Brutus to Cassius :
"Must /give way to your rash cholor?
Must /be frightened when a madman stares?"
Again, in Cassius' words: " I an itching palm?"
"Chastisement!" It is heard in withering scorn, as in
Lady Constance's speech to Austria:
"Thou wear a lion's hide! doff it for shame,
And hang a calf's skin on those recreant limbs."
The Loud Concrete.
145. The loud concrete is simply the ordinary radical
and vanish magnified throughout by force. It is the nat-
ural element of expression in all stirring, rousing, ener-
gized utterance. Exultation, confidence, courage, and
exhortation, unaccompanied by anger, receive from this
form of stress, on the rising and falling wider intervals and
waves, a lively, piercing energy that gives great brilliancy
to each. It is a question whether it may not be called the
full radical stress that is not, in the slightest degree, tinct-
ured with any malignant passion or emotion.
Exercises in Loud Concrete. 193
Exercises in Loud Concrete.
"Just our rapture to enhance,
Let the English rake the bay,
Gnash their teeth and glare askance
As they cannonade away !
'Neath rampired Solidor pleasant riding on the Ranee."
— " Hen>e Riel, n BROWNING.
"The sanguine sunrise, with his meteor eyes,
And his burning plumes outspread,
Leaps on the back of my sailing rack,
When the morning star shines dead ;
As, on the jag of a mountain crag,
Which an earthquake rocks and swings,
An eagle, alit, one moment may sit
In the light of its golden wings."
— " The Cloud," Shelley.
"Flag of the free heart's hope and home!
By angel hands to valor given ;
Thy stars have lit the welkin dome,
And all thy hues were born in heaven."
— " American Flag" DRAKE.
"The waves were white, and red the morn,
In the noisy hour when I was born ;
And the whale it whistled, the porpoise rolled,
And the dolphins bared their backs of gold ;
And never was heard such an outcry wild
As welcomed to life the ocean child ! "
— " The Sea," Barry Cornwall.
Tremor or Intermittent Stress.
146. A skillful execution of the concrete or syllabic
movement, as affected by the tremor, should be the
student's next acquisition in vocal training.
M. E— 17.
194 Murdochs Elocution.
Let the words, " O my soul's joy!" be uttered with joy-
ous exultation, and the voice will have the effect of tremb-
ling on the elements o and oi. This effect is what has
been described as the tremor of speech. (See If 27.) It
is in reality a form of intonation, but it is also sometimes
termed the intermittent stress, owing to the fact that the
abrupt function of the voice is the principle underlying the
tremulous intonation ; that is to say, the tremor is effected
by the same organic act as that producing the radical
stress, repeated in rapid succession. These brief impulses
are in reality minute and rapid concretes, and are called
tittles, and the minute discrete interval between them a
tittlelar skip. Owing to the rapidity of the vocal transit
through the tittles, and their close succession in the tremor,
the latter is scarcely appreciable to the ear as a matter of
measurable interval, either in the concrete form or discrete
succession of its tittles.
The creation of the successive abrupt impulses should be
the chief object of the present exercise, to obtain an
artistic execution of this function. This may be done by
first imitating the natural function of laughter and crying,
on any of the tonic elements, or merely the expression of
mirthfulness or deep grief, in which the voice is said to
shake or tremble. The tittlelar impulses may be produced
on a level line of pitch, or they may be carried in rapid
succession through all the intervals of the scale, rising and
falling, and in connection with the several stresses. It will
require much practice to obtain this result. The objects to
be considered are:
(1) To make the separate tittles as distinct as possible.
(2) To make them follow each other with ease and rapidity.
(3) To accent each well.
(4) To make them as numerous as possible during the
proper pronunciation of the element as syllables, on which
they are placed.
Tremor or Intermittent Stress. 195
Alter practicing them on the elements, they should be
given on the words of the table of indefinite syllables, tak-
ing care that each element sustains a due portion of the
tremulous movement. The tremor serves to intensify all
the other vocal elements with which it is combined.
In practicing the tremor in laughing exercises, the voice
passes through a tone in its tittlelar movement, while in the
weeping utterance the minute tittles are semitonic. The
tremulous movement is the natural expression of old age
that is attended with physical weakness and exhaustion,
sickness, fatigue, grief, joy, and love.
The semitonic tremor is heard in the following, where
we apply this movement to the word all, although the
other words, or accented syllables, of the entire quotation,
would be given with the tremor and semitone:
"Oh! I have lost you all!
Parents, and home, and friends."
In the application of all the forms of stress to the word
all, the student is to recognize the coloring of expression
given to words by this most expressive agency.
Examples of Semitonic Tremor.
"O, I could weep
My spirit from mine eyes ! "
— "Julius Casar," Shakespeare.
When my father comes hame frae the pleugh,' she said,
Oh! please then waken me.'"
— " Relief of Lucknaw" Robt. Lowell.
"O come in life, 01 come in death!
O lost! my love, Elizabeth!"
— ' * High 1 iJc, " Jean Ingelow.
196 Murdoch's Elocution.
"'Angel,' said he sadly, 'I am old;
Earthly hope no longer hath a morrow ;
Yet, why I sit here thou shalt be told.'
Then his eye betrayed a pearl of sorrow ;
Down it rolled !
'Angel,' said he sadly, 'I am old."
—"Old," Ralph Hoyt.
subdued grief. — Expulsive Orotund. Semitonic Tremor.
Subdued Force.
"How far, how very far it seemed,
To where that starry taper gleamed,
Placed by her grandchild on the sill
Of the cottage window on the hill !
Many a parent heart before,
Laden till it could bear no more,
Has seen a heavenward light that smiled,
And knew it placed there by a child ; —
A long-gone child, whose anxious face
Gazed toward them down the deeps of space,
Longing for the loved to come
To the quiet of that home."
"Brushwood," Read.
The expression of love in its more passionate forms be-
comes slightly semitonic and tremulous, thus :
I said to the rose, ' The brief night goes
In babble, and revel, and wine, —
O young lord-lover, what sighs are those,
For one that will never be thine !
But mine, but mine,' so I sware to the rose,
'For ever and ever mine!'"
"Maud," Tennyson.
Examples of the Tremor. 197
" Sweet, good night !
This bud of love, by summer's ripening breath,
May prove a beauteous flower when next we meet :
Good night! good night! — as sweet repose and rest
Come to thy heart, as that within my breast!"
— ' ' Romeo and Juliet, " SHAKESPEARE
Examples of the Tremor,
joy. — Hysterical Tremor. Orotund Quality. High Pitch.
"'Clod bless the bonny Hielanders;
We're saved! we're saved!' she cried."
" Relief of Lucknow" Robt. Lowell.
"Love framed with Mirth a gay fantastic round:
(Loose were her tresses seen, her zone unbound;)
And he amidst his frolic play, —
As if he would the charming air repay, —
Shook thousand odors from his dewy wings."
— "Ode to the Passions," Collins.
"Come rest on my bosom, if there ye can sleep;
I canna speak to ye: I only can weep."
"You've crossed the wild river, you've risked all for me,
And I '11 part frae ye never, dear Charlie Machree ! "
— " Charlie Machree" Wlf. J. Hoppin.
Chapter XVI.
Ge7ieral Outline in Theory of the Natural Relationships between
the Mind and the Voice.
147. The different states of the mind are variously desig-
nated as ideas, perceptions, thoughts, sentiments, emotions,
feelings, and passions. All of these mental conditions
designated by the terms just enumerated may be referred
to the three generic divisions : thought, a plain and quiet
state of mind; passion, a state of strong excitement; and
sentiment, or interthought, an earnest state between these
extremes.
The state of simple thought, or, as it will be called, the
thoughtive state of mind, is a "simple perception of things,
their action or other relationship, with no reference to the
exciting interests of human life." Language indicative of
this passionless or quiet state, is commonly designated as
narrative, declarative, descriptive, unimpassioned, plain
matter of fact, all of which will be comprehended in the
present treatment under the terms thoughtive or plain nar-
rative language.
148. The second, or intermediate generic mental condi-
tion, "has that relation to human life which excites mod-
erately self-interesting reflections in the mind," and em-
braces dignity, pathos, awe, serious admiration, reverence,
and other states congenial in character and degree with
these. This condition of the mind, with its corresponding
vocal expression, is called the interthoughtive, admirative,
or reverentive. The terms in common use, signifying
(198)
Relation betwee?i Mind and Voice. 199
states of mind synonymous with these, are the dignified,
the gravely pathetic, the respectful, the supplicative, and
the penitential.
149. The third condition "has a more immediate and
vivid reference or relation to human life, its reflective
interests and actions throughout the impressive forms, de-
grees, and varieties of passion." This state of mind, and
the language which denotes it, are called the passionative.
For terms in common use, synonymous with or repre-
senting varieties of the passionative division, we have the
impassioned, expressive, the earnestly interrogative, ex-
clamatory, derisive, contemptuous, and others indicating
excitement or vehemence, together with the numerous
terms for the passions, see Aaron Hill, in the author's
" Pica for Spoken Language" Corresponding to the dis-
tinction between these states of the mind, are the vocal
means for declaring them ; or, as we shall employ the
term, their vocal signs.
150. Although each one of the five properties of the
voice, known as quality, force, time, pitch, and abruptness,
has been described and considered separately, through the
necessities of an analytic elementary study, they are neces-
sarily co-existent with each other in some form, variety, or
degree of each, in every individual utterance of the voice.
Thus, in their sum of effects, as variously combined, they
produce what is called the vocal sign of the state of mind
denoted by that utterance.
The vocal signs of simple thought, or the thoughtive
signs, are, in pitch, the interval of a second, and the
shorter wave of this interval; in force, a moderate degree;
in quality, the natural; in time quantities, neither very
short nor much extended; in abruptness, the light degree
requisite for clear articulation.
All of the other intervals of pitch and waves, in con-
trast with the plain character of the second, are more
200 Murdoch 's Elocution.
striking, the octave being the most so. All degrees of
force greater or less than the moderate become more im-
pressive; all qualities except the natural are more ex-
pressive; while very short or very long quantities are more
impressive than the moderate.
The more vivid constituents of the voice color language
with sentiment, passion, or expression; the more striking
they are, the higher the coloring or the more strongly ex-
pressive of an excited mental condition.
Expression in elocution is, then, the coloring of language
by the various vocal signs of sentiment or passion. As an
illustration : let the word no, as a reply to a question, be
given as a downward concrete second, in natural quality,
short quantity, and moderate force, and it will indicate an
unexcited mental condition. Repeat the question in such
a manner as to create in the mind of the person addressed
a feeling of indignant rebuke, and the no of his reply will
be given with a wider downward interval, fuller quality,
increased force, and more deliberate quantity, denoting a
variety of the interthoughtive state of mind.
151. Each state of mind may be continued, and with its
vocal sign or signs extended into the current of discourse;
thus will be formed a current vocal style or manner, either
thoughtive, interthoughtive or passionative.
Drift is the term employed to designate this continuation
of any one state and its corresponding sign or signs,
through the current of discourse. Thus, there may be a
thoughtive drift, and an expressive drift, either of senti-
ment or passion.
It is a difficult matter to draw a strict line of separation
between the mental states of thought and passion, and
between the signs which generally represent them. These
must, from the peculiar constitution of the human mind,
and its ever-varying conditions, from perfect tranquillity to
every degree of excitement, closely approach each other,
Relation between Mind and Voice. 201
and constantly intermingle. But, though the mental and
vocal distinctions between each arc so slight, at what may
be called their points of convergence, as to be scarcely
distinguishable; at their wider points of divergence, the
difference is marked and unmistakable.
It must not be supposed that the several drifts of
thought, interthought, and passion, with their respective
signs, are used separately, and kept distinct from each
other in such a way that the ear might become familiar
with the peculiar vocal character of each.
Were this the case, the vocal characteristics of the
several drifts would be so distinctly marked as to render
the task of analysis a matter of comparative ease. On the
contrary, "the course of a drift is seldom strictly continu-
ous with itself, its continuity being occasionally and vari-
ously interrupted by other drifts, or by other individual
states of mind with their vocal signs."
In the latter case, however, the general style or drift of
any portion of discourse will take its vocal character or
coloring, so to speak, from the character of the constitu-
ents of either of the three divisions which predominate,
either as to frequency of recurrence or impressiveness of
effect.
We may have a thoughtive, interthoughtive, or passion-
ative drift extending through a clause, a member, or a
whole sentence ; but seldom is a half page, and never a
chapter to be found exclusively in one style.
152. The thoughtive drift or current of language is the
most frequent form, variously interrupted by individual
signs of the other two states, for occasional purposes of
impressive emphasis, or by drifts of those signs.
Many of the expressive vocal elements may be so fre-
quently employed as to produce a current style or drift of
utterance, but a few are of so striking or vivid a character,
and mark such exceptional and intensified states of the
202 Murdoch's Elocution.
mind that they are seldom of more than occasional occur-
rence, or if continued, never longer than to form what
may be called a partial drift, a continuance simply to the
extent of a brief phrase or clause.
153. The vocal signs in language are accompanied by
words or verbal signs of the thought, sentiment, or passion
to be uttered, excepting in the inarticulate utterances of
extreme emotion or passion expressed in screams, groans,
sighs, etc.*
The same verbal signs may, however, indicate a variety
of mental conditions, according to the vocal signs by
which they are accompanied. Of this we have had an
example in the case of the word no.
In the study of written language for the purposes of art
in elocution, it is of course from the verbal forms and the
varied relationships and connections of ideas they repre-
sent, that the states of the mind indicated by such lan-
guage are to be determined, and thence the vocal sign or
signs appropriate to accompany its verbal constituents, in-
dividual or consecutive, through its currents and inter-
currents of thought and passion. This implies, therefore,
as a primary requisite on the part of the student, a
thorough analysis of the language to be read, comprehend-
ing not only a minute examination of sentences as com-
posed of their constituent clauses, phrases, and words in
order to develop their relations in sense, but also a close
study of the context, to discover the sentiment or passion
contained in the language, and their modifications.
154. In all language, some words will be distinguished
above or from others with which they are associated, by
virtue of the peculiar or relative importance they bear to
the thought or passion to be denoted. This distinction
* See author's " Plea for Spoken Language.
Relation between Mind and Voice. 203
constitutes emphasis, and it is always effected by some
form, degree or variety of pitch, force, time, etc.; in other
words, by some particular vocal sign of thought, senti-
ment or passion.
The analysis here employed, which distinguishes the
momentary state of mind and its individual sign, is the
only basis for acquiring an accurate knowledge of the
vocal means producing different emphasis. When the
student has mastered all of the constituents of thought and
expression through the detailed study and practice of each
in its order, skillful and artistic reading will be attained
by allowing the discriminating and practical knowledge
thus acquired to regulate and direct the natural impulses
to feel the subject and then express it.
I here introduce Rush's analysis of the "Hamlet"
speech :
" I will illustrate this subject of mental and vocal drift by a
familiar example. Let the reader give an important direction to a
servant. He will perceive in himself, an earnest and moderately
imperative state of mind, the drift or current of which is not to
be broken, except by explanation, or by a passing reflection. The
vocal drift of this Direction is diatonic, with the downward third
or fifth, on the accented syllables, according to the earnestness of
the case. Under this vocal sign the direction will accord with
the state of mind. We will apply this principle of the according
mental and vocal drift, to the scene of Hamlet with the Player.
"Hamlet's part has three purposes: Direction; and as Shakes-
peare could not or never would write without them, Comment and
Reflection. The first is here distinguished by italics; the Comment
by curved, and the Reflection by angular brackets. The purpose
of the inclusive interlinear braces will be stated presently.
" Hamlet. — Speak the speech^ I pray you, as I pronounced it to you,
trippingty on the tongue: (but if you mouth it, as many of our
players do, I had as lief the town-crier spoke my lines.) Nor do
not saw the air too much with your hand, thus ; but use all gently :
for in the very torrent, tempest, and as I may say, whirlwind of your
passion, you must acquire and beget a temperance that may give it
204 Murdoch 's Elocution.
smoothness. [O, it offends me to the soul, to hear a robustious
I 1
periwig-pated fellow tear a passion to tatters, to very rags, to split
the ears of the groundlings; who for the most part, are capable of
nothing but inexplicable dumb shows and noise ; I would have such
a fellow whipped, for o'erdoing Termagant; it out-herods Herod:]
Pray you avoid it. Be not too tame neither, but let your own discretion
be your tutor : suit the action to the word, the word to the action ; with
this special obsei"vance, that you overstep 7tot the modesty of Nature; (for
any thing so overdone is from the purpose of playing, whose end,
both at the first, and now, was and is, to hold as it were, the
mirror up to Nature; to show virtue her own feature, scorn her own
image, and the very age and body of the time, his form and pres-
sure.) Now this overdone, or come tardy off, though it make the un-
skillful laugh, cannot but make the judicious grieve ; the censure of
lohich one, must in your allowance, derweigh a whole theat?'e of others.
[O, there be players, that I have seen play, and heard others praise,
and that highly, not to speak it profanely, that neither having the
accent of Christians, nor the gait of Christian, pagan, nor man,
have so strutted and bellowed, that I have thought some of Nature's
journeymen had made them, and not made them well, they imi-
tated humanity so abominably.]
Player. — I hope we have reformed that indifferently with us.
Hamlet. — O, reform it altogether, and let those that play your
cloxvns, speak no more than is set down for them : (for there be of
them, that will themselves laugh, to set on some quantity of barren
spectators to laugh too; though in the meantime, some necessary
question of the play be then to be considered; that's villainous;
and shows a most pitiful ambition in the fool that uses it.) Go
make you ready.
"The mental and the vocal Drift for the Directive part of this
Advice, was described under the preceding example of a strict
order to a servant. The Comment being something explanatory, or
illustrative, or questionable, and employing a different state of
mind, is to be uttered with a less positive intonation. The Re-
flective portion, embracing the mental condition of disapprobation,
or derision, or contempt, should receive the more forcible expression
of earnestness, and sneer. And both the Comment and Reflection
Relation between Mind and Voice. 205
are t<> be given with a variety of upward and downward intervals,
and waves, as the knowledge and the taste of the speaker, grounded
on the philosophy of the voice, may direct.
"To illustrate some of our principles of stress and intonation,
1 have merely marked with the common accentual symbol what
appear to be emphatic words; but have not time to assign causes for
the choice. At six places, I have included under interlinear braces
certain words, to be carried beyond their appointed and still pre-
served pauses, on the phrase of the monotone. The purpose of
this monotone is to unite upon the ear, the act with its cause or
purpose; as in the first case, the tearing to rags, is to split the ears
of the groundlings; in the second, the cause of the whippings is
the (Perching of Termagant ; in the third, fourth, and fifth, the pur-
pose of playing, is severally to hold the mirror up to nature ; to show
virtue her own feature, scorn her own image, and the body of l/ie
time, his form and pressure. In the sixth, the idle laugh is, to set on
idle spectators to laugh too. In this reading, it is the monotone
bridging as it were the pauses, with its level reach of voice, that
assists materially in connecting the cause and purpose with their
object. There is an example of the emphatic tie on the words
players, play, praise, that, and have, with a moderate flight, and
abatement on intermediate clauses. The design of this grouping is
to connect, by vocal means, five words separated in the construc-
tion ; thereby to bring to the foreground of perception the player,
his habit of bombastic action, and his unmerited praise. If in this
instance, who were substituted for that, the chain of the emphatic
tie would be stronger and brighter, from the greater stress practi-
cable on its tonic element and indefinite quantity. The tie is also
to be applied to judicious, and which one; to overstep, and so; to end
and hold and mirror. I would set a feeble cadence on groundlings ;
and a rising third on the laugh, that follows unskillful; a falling
third on grieve; and a falling fifth on well, after made them.
"On the subject of mental drift, I would ask the reader if he
does not know when he is angry, or pleased, or sorrowful, aston-
ished, or inquisitive? For these are current states of mental drift,
which, if bad example has not confused or destroyed the original
connection between the mind and the voice, will enable him to
speak properly, under a general rule of Educated Nature, that
Shakespeare here alludes to, but did not turn aside to explain."
Chapter XVII.
The Diatonic Melody of Speech.
155. Although it is in the nature of narrative or
thoughtive utterance that the concrete and discrete syllabic
progression of the voice, through pitch, shall both be con-
fined to the inexpressive interval of the tone or second,
still this simplest form of utterance is not necessarily mo-
notonous or tiresome in its effect. It may, on the con-
trary, be constantly varied by changes in the radical pitch
of the consecutive syllables. This variation constitutes
Melody.
The proper diatonic melody of speech may, then, be
defined as a succession of concrete impulses on the inter-
val of a second, so varied in radical pitch as to produce
an agreeable impression upon the ear.
To realize that such variation exists in the natural
voice, and is not an invented or mechanical form of utter-
ance, make the following simple experiment : slowly repeat
the sentence, A boy caught a large fish in a small stream,
with a rising concrete second on each syllable, and with
the radical of each concrete on the same degree of the
scale.
The sentence thus read will produce that disagreeable
and unnatural monotony of effect so often heard in young
readers. Repeat the same sentence in a natural and collo-
quial manner, and the ear will readily perceive that there
are changes in the radical successions, produced by that
instinctive necessity of the voice for some variation in its
consecutive utterances.
(206)
Diatonic Melody. 207
The following sentence furnishes an example of the
progression through pitch of the syllables of the natural
Diatonic Melody :
He reads in na - tare's in - ti - nite
T * ^ « £ =g
l)ook
of
se
c re -
cy.
^ * tf
* tf -
•^
156. The successions of syllabic concretes forming the
melody of a sentence constitute in their sum the current
melody and the melody of the cadence.
The current melody embraces the varied successions of
all the concretes of a sentence, except those of the last
two or three syllables. The melodic successions of the
latter constitute the melody of the cadence or close. This
part of a melody marks the periods of discourse, and for
the purpose of denoting conclusion more or less complete,
at its different parts, requires a certain order in the succes-
sion of its constituents.
The syllables of the current melody have, however, no
fixed order of succession as to radical pitch. Following
the conditions of the diatonic melody with regard to extent
of interval employed, concrete and discrete, the same
words may be given with a variety of succession in the
radicals of their syllables, and still preserve the natural
character of the simple melody of plain narrative or
thoughtive utterance.
That the syllabic successions may be agreeable to the
ear, however, there must not be a too frequent repetition
of the same radical pitch, or its alternate rise and fall, or,
in fact, of any continued course of too noticeable a regu-
208
Murdoch's Elocution.
larity. The following examples will illustrate how the
syllabic successions of the current melody may be varied
in radical pitch and still retain the vocal character of plain
narrative language.
He
nev -
er
drinks,
but
Ti -
mon's
sil -
ver
-#^
¥
-T
tf
¥
4
¥
¥~
W
W
treads
up
- on
his
lip.
& ^~ *f~~
4 if -
^-
He nev - er drinks, but Ti - mon's sil - ver
« r « r * *~ « r *
treads
up -
on
his
lip.
Hf
-«*-
«r
«•
A
n.
He
nev -
er
drinks,
but
Ti -
mon's
sil -
ver
of
•
•r
•
¥
^r
•
treads
up -
on
his
lip.
1^
¥
*
w ^
The melodies, thus varied in the course of this short
sentence, are all of them equally appropriate, and equally
well adapted to the utterance of the thought. Still other
varieties of discrete intonation could be given to accom-
pany the words by which the melody of the same sentence
might be still farther varied, but these are sufficient for the
purposes of illustration. But, however varied the succes-
Diatonic Melody.
209
sive syllabic concretes may be as to radical pitch, their
melodic successions are all comprehended within a limited
number of definite groups, known as the phrases of melody.
That quar-ter most the skill- ful Greeks an - noy,
Monotone. Falling Ditone. Rising Tritone. Rising Ditone.
Where yon wild fig - trees join the walls of Troy.
* *~ -* \ + * * ^V
Falling Tritone.
Alternation.
Triad of the Cadence.
157. A succession of two or more syllables, having the
same radical pitch, constitute the phrase of the monotone.
The monotone may be illustrated by uttering the elements
a, e, t\ 0, the radical of each beginning on the same line
of pitch.
The rising ditone includes two successive syllables, the
radical of the second sound rising a single tone or second
above the first. An example of this melodic movement of
the voice may be afforded on the two syllables of the word
evening, in the plain statement, without emphasis, contained
in the following sentence: " In the evening, the sun sets."
A falling ditone consists also of two syllabic concretes,
of which the second falls in radical pitch a degree or tone
below the first. An illustration of this melodic effect, just
the reverse of the preceding, may be found on the word
morning, of the subjoined sentence: " The evening and the
morning were the first day"
The rising tritone consists of a succession of three sylla-
bic concretes, in which the second rises in radical pitch a
tone above the first, and the third a tone above the second.
This movement of the voice will be exemplified in the
M. E.— 18.
210 Murdoctis Elocution.
words in our sleep, in the simple utterance of the following
sentence: " We know that, in our sleep, we dream."
The falling tritone is a melodic succession of three sylla-
bic concretes exactly the reverse of the preceding, the rad-
ical pitch of the second falling a tone below that of the
first, and that of the third a tone below the second. A
change in the above sentence would give the falling tritone
on the words that we d?'ea??i : " We know that we dream
in our sleep."
The alternate phrase of melody is formed by a succes-
sion of four or more syllables, of which the concretes rise
and fall alternately in their radical pitch. It is in reality
but a consecutive representation of the rising or falling
ditone, but as it often occurs in melody, it is classed as a
separate phrase. The first line of the following couplet
may illustrate a long phrase of alternation :
"So loud and clear it seemed the ear
Of dusty death must wake and hear."
The rest of the sentence could be given with the same
movement, but if continued too long it would violate our
law of variety in melody.
The triad of the cadence consists of three syllables de-
scending by proximate degrees ; the radical pitch of each
one falls one tone below the preceding, the last constituent,
being a downward concrete, produces the effect of a close;
it is this last movement that marks the difference between
this form of cadence and the falling tritone, whose rising
concretes express continuity.
The phrases of the diatonic melody are carried upward
and downward relatively to a given pitch, consequently
they should be practiced in the five ranges of pitch: mid-
dle, high, highest, low, lowest. We have the following
notation to illustrate the course of a long sentence through
nine of these degrees :
Diatonic Melody
21 I
[1
thou
dost
slan -
der
her
and
tor -
lure
me,
tf~
rf
*-
¥
V
*
tf
«r
W
i/
Ne
ver
pray
more
a -
ban -
don
all
re -
morse ;
V
^
mf
*
On hor - ror's head hor - rors ac - cu - mu - late:
v * * * * « r *
Do deeds to make Hea
- ven weep, all
earth a -
mazed :
^~ ^~
^ * *r
• «r
%
+ mT mT * * ^
w ^
For no - thing canst thou to dam - na - tion add,
Great -er than that.
2 1 2 Murdoch 's Elocution.
158. It should be distinctly understood that the notation
of the passage here given is only to illustrate the manner
in which the voice, in plain narrative utterance, may
traverse the scale, and not as an example of expressive
elocution. This is true of all the notations; they do not
represent the way in which the language must be given,
but a way in which it may be given.
Were the present language notated to denote expressive
character, other forms of both the radical and concrete
pitch would be necessary in the notation. The preceding
examples illustrate how the plain melody of the second
may be still farther varied to gratify the ear without em-
ploying any wider intervals than the tone.
The beauty of melody, therefore, not only consists in
skillfully varying the order of the phrases as they move
onward, but also in correctly managing their rise and fall
through the whole compass of the voice. A melody that
would be made to pass through any succession of phrases
directly ascending one above the other, and then falling in
the same formal manner, would give no grace to language,
and a series of such melodies would constitute the most
disagreeable form of oratorical monotony. But if the di-
tones of the melody are varied in their progress, and inter-
spersed with rising and falling tritones, with occasional
monotones of several constituents, they may be carried
through the entire compass, and, in return, through any
varied course of rise and fall, with a most agreeable result.
An ascent or descent through more than three radicals
should always be avoided. The melody so constructed is
an aggregate of the simplest functions of the radical and
vanish, or vocal concrete, in the consecutive utterances of
the syllables of language.
159. Both the concrete and discrete scales enter into the
melody of speech, the radical and vanish of each syllable
representing a strictly concrete progression of voice, and
Diatonic Melody. 213
the passing of the voice from one syllable to the next, a
strictly discrete progression.
In the different order of succession in the constituent
concretes of the diatonic melody, the interval lying be-
tween the close of one syllable and the beginning of the
next is not always the same. The concretes of the rising
ditone and tritone have apparently no discrete interval be-
tween them, but the fullness of the radical, as compared
with the feebleness of the preceding vanish, distinctly
marks the difference between the two or three successive
impulses.
In the monotone, from the termination of one vanish to
the radical succeeding there is a discrete second; while
between the constituents of the falling ditone and tritone
having ascending concretes, there is the interval of two
tones, or a third. These differences have, however, but
little perceptible effect upon the simple melody, since it is
the fullness of the radical which constitutes the melodic
effect, and marks the progression of sounds upon the ear.
160. The closing syllables of a sentence constitute the
Melody of the Cadence. The cadence occurs at the
periods of discourse, and produces a satisfactory, reposeful
effect to the ear similar to the conclusion of a tune in song.
This conclusion, which is the desired effect of the cadence,
is limited to certain forms, and is produced by the down-
ward movements of the voice, consequently descent is the
essential of the cadent phrase. The descent may be ac-
complished in several ways, but in order to produce the
true cadencial effect it must be made through the space of
three tones on the scale, with at least one (and always the
last) syllabic concrete downward. The triad of the ca-
dence fulfills these essential conditions of the cadent
melody.
It will be found that these same conditions are variously
met in each of the other forms, of which there are five
214 Murdoch's Elocution.
beside the triad, making six in all. The first is the one
just referred to, and is called the Rising Triad, from the
concretes of its first two syllabic constituents being upward.
Triad of the Cadence.
Sweet is the breath of morn.
The second form differs from the first only in all of its
syllables being executed in falling concretes. This is called
the full cadence, from the completeness of the conclusion
formed by the combined radical and concrete descent.
Full Cadence, or Falling Triad.
The air was fanned by un - num - ber'd plumes.
The third form is executed on but two syllables, the first
of which is assigned to a descending concrete interval,
equal in extent of concrete pitch to the sum of the first
and second constituents of the full cadence. This is
called the First Duad form, and is illustrated in the follow-
ing sentence :
First Duad.
With tur - ret crest and sleek en - am - el'd neck.
« r ^ * ^fzg
The fourth form is also confined to two syllables, and
differs from the first Duad, in the syllable taking one fall-
Diatonic Melody. 2 1 5
ing concrete, of the extent of the last two constituents of
the falling Triad. This is called the Second Duad.
Second Duad.
The mean - ing not the name I call.
The fifth form of the cadence is that in which the de-
scent of the voice through the space of three tones is made
on one long syllabic concrete. This is called the Monad
form, — and sometimes, on account of its being the least
conclusive in its effect, the feeble cadence.
The Feeble Cadence.
No,
by
the
rood
not
so.
tf
mf
-^
•
*
^ w w V
There is still another, or sixth variety, of the cadence.
It marks the close of a subject more completely than any
of the preceding, and is effected by the radical descent of
a third, on some syllable of the current melody preceding
any of the forms of the cadence (except the monad or
feeble form), and given near enough to the close to be con-
nected with it by the ear. This is called, from its pecu-
liarity of structure, the Prepared Cadence.
The falling skip of the third seems to give notice, as it
were, that the voice is about to fall into some of the
cadent phrases. Other cadences denote in different de-
grees the conclusion of a particular thought. This cadence
denotes that the subject itself of a paragraph, chapter,
volume, or entire discourse is finished.
216 Murdoch's Elocution.
The Prepared Cadence.
Through E - den took their sol - i - ta - ry way.
^J'^'r*^*.^
161. The several forms of the cadence here given repre-
sent various degrees of conclusiveness and repose. It is
the fullness of the radical which impresses the ear most
forcibly, and calls attention to the order of syllabic succes-
sion. Thus, in the triad it is the three radicals which so
conspicuously mark the descent of the voice, and consti-
tutes it the most positive form of the cadence or close, par-
ticularly when the concrete pitch of its constituents is also
downward.
In the duad forms, the number of radicals being les-
sened, the impressiveness of the cadencial character is pro-
portionately so; while the monad form, where there is but
one radical, and the descent in pitch is entirely concrete,
is the least impressive or conclusive of all.
A third is the nominal interval for this cadence, as it is
the smallest downward concrete that has in its place the
effect of a close. Its effect is such as to allow of either a
pause after it or a continuation of the discourse. In nam-
ing the character of this cadence as feeble compared with
the other forms, allusion is made to its employment in the
diatonic melody in which it is executed on a simple equable
concrete. In expressive melody, it will be found that it
passes into the wider intervals of the fifth and octave,
when combined with the forms of force, and assumes a
character as strongly conclusive as any of the other forms
of the close.
We shall also find in expressive melody, that the constit-
uent concretes of the other cadences may pass into the
Diatonic Melody. 2 1 7
wider intervals, though preserving relatively similar propor-
tions to those here described, the principle underlying both
the thoughtive and expressive cadences being the same.
The diatonic melody of speech proceeds always by whole
tones; it can not, therefore, have what in music is termed
key, and hence there is no fixed point or key-note upon
the scale to which any melody must return in order to sat-
isfactorily conclude. This being so, the cadence may be
effected by a descent from any degree of the speaking
compass (except, of course, the two lowest notes), through
all of its various forms.
Inexperienced readers often produce what has been
termed the false cadence by allowing the voice to drop a
discrete third to the last place of the concrete. This
should be avoided. Omitting the second constituent pro-
duces what is called a False Cadence.
False Cadence.
Of wiles more in - ex - pert I boast not.
*^~^ * *
162. The seven diatonic phrases, in their many possible
forms cf combination and variety of progression through
the compass of speech, are sufficient, when judiciously em-
ployed, to prevent the common fault of monotony, arising
from a repetition of the same phrases at regular intervals,
producing what is termed a recurring melody. It is by no
means to be expected that the varied phrases of melody
can be intermingled in a regular order, or by special
choice, at the ordinary rate of reading or speaking; but if
very small sections of sentences are slowly read at a time,
subject to the correction of the student's own, or of a
teacher's ear, with a view to the employment of a varied
M. E.— 19.
2iS Murdoch's Elocution.
melody in time, and by perseverance the voice will uncon-
sciously employ an agreeable variety. A clear perception
of the effect of the falling ditone should be acquired, and
a command over its use, so that it may frequently play
among the syllables of discourse.
This movement, and the falling tritone, are phrases most
difficult of execution, as the descending movements in rad-
ical pitch are like the falling concretes, least employed in
the ordinary, and frequently faulty, uses of the voice.
The phrase of alternation produces a light, tripping
movement that is very expressive in animated description.
The monotone is equally expressive of dignified and solemn
language. The movements in the first use of the diatonic
melody must be stiff and formal until the mere mechanism
yields to an artistic command of their variety in melody.
The notations are used only to illustrate possible and
agreeable combinations of the phrases of melody, and are
not absolute; i. e., they do not prescribe any one melodic
form as the only means of correctly uttering the language
given. Each person must be free within the limitations of
certain principles to form his own current melody and
choose the form of his cadence.
Practical Exercises on the Melodic Successions.
163. To obtain a clear idea of the radical changes
through a tone :
Let any of the notated sentences be taken, and keeping
in mind the diatonic character of the melody and the sense
of the words, utter only the tonic element of each with a
clear, full radical.
The successive notes of the melody, and their relative
position on the scale, will thus be clearly marked, for,
although every element in perfected utterance must be
heard in the syllabic impulse, yet the tonic being generally
Diatonic Melody.
219
the most remarkable, the characteristic of the syllable lies
in a large measure with this element. The ear, therefore,
unembarrassed with the other elements, will much more
readily note the successive rise and fall in radical pitch,
particularly when the opening of each constituent of the
melodic progression is marked by a full, clear radical.
After the first practice on the single tonic element of
syllable, the sentence may again be read, giving the
consonants, still preserving the clear radical of the syllable;
and finally, when the movement is pretty well establish^ 1
to the ear on this species of inarticulate utterance, let the
entire syllable be given.
Exercises on the Phrases of Melody.
164. The following diagram is simply suggestive for
further exercises in numerals, elements, words, and sen-
tences to cultivate the ear to variety of intonation in read-
ing. The short sentences given below as exercises in the
different forms of cadence should be combined with the
diatonic melody.
Ale,
a,
Arm, All,
a, a,
2 3
Eve,
4
Ice,
1,
5
Old, Use
O, U,
6 7
, Ooze,
00,
8
u P>
u,
9
End.
e.
10
of mf
af
-4
wf *
— w —
*t "
w
There
Err,
1,
where a
In, On,
1, 6,
2, 3,
few
Ale,
4,
torn
Eve,
e,
5,
shrubs the
tee, Old,
1, O,
6, 7,
place
Use,
11,
8,
dis
Ooze,
OO,
9,
- close,
End.
e.
10.
*
-^
mf
*
-r *
*T
mf
~ »T
The
vil - lage
preacher's
mod-est
man
-sion
rose.
2 20 Murdoch's Elocution.
Examples for Practice on the different Forms of
Cadence.
rising triad.
"The spirit can not always | sleep in dust."
FALLING TRIAD.
"Meantime I'll keep you | company."
FIRST DUAD.
" Methought I heard Horatio say to- j morrow."
SECOND DUAD.
"And all the people said | Amen."
MONAD CADENCE.
"She brought to the Pharisees him that was born | blind."
" My sentence is for open | war"
PREPARED CADENCE.
" Hope for a season bade the world farewell,
And freedom shrieked as Kosci j usko fell."
"Let this be done and | Rome is safe."
"And peaceful slept the mighty | Hector's shade."
In the following the fall may be placed either on the
sixth or ninth syllable before the cadence, and perhaps on
both :
"And he went out from his presence a leper as white as snow."
Diatonic Melody.
22 I
The following is an instance where the descent may be
on the word immediately preceding the cadence:
"The fellowship of the Holy Ghost be with us all | evermore."
One of the two diagrams introduced here, shows the ad-
vantages to be derived from tutoring the ear to a recogni-
tion, and the voice to an execution, of the varied intona-
tions which produce melody.
In the first reading of " Cock Robin" we catch the sing-
song of the nursery, which charms the child by the jing-
ling recurrence of certain movements in the voice, but
which is ruinous to the ear, and the teacher frequently
works months, and sometimes years, to educate out of the
voice that which the mother has allowed to become a vocal
habit. In the second, a melody is suggested from the
natural movements of the voice. Some of the words are
rendered emphatic, and call for wider intervals to be intro-
duced into the diatonic melody. The first sentence is a
pronominal interrogative, taking the partial form, and ends
as a declarative sentence, with the triad of the cadence.
See ^|i6o. The diagrams also show the difference between
the Walker inflective system and Rush's syllabic intonation.
Who killed Cock Rob - in ? I, said the spar - row,
*^ * ' ^ K
With my bow and ar - row, I killed Cock Ro - bin.
Chapter XVIII.
Intonation at Pauses : A study of the Phrases of Melody as they
occur at Pauses, in their Relations to the Continuation or
Co?npletio?i of Sense.
165. No language moves through any continued melodic
succession of modified sentences or paragraphs, or succes-
sion of paragraphs, without occasional pauses, which, from
the necessities of sense and respiration, separate certain
words, or groups of words, from each other.
All the parts of continued discourse thus separated, hav-
ing the least unity of purpose, bear some relation to each
other; and being severally more or less intimate, punctu-
al ve marks are employed as a means of indicating their
different degrees of relationship. The design of this
grammatical punctuation is to aid the eye of the reader in
resolving a sentence into its syntactical portions. Its ordi-
nary use in audible punctuation, however, is almost exclu-
sively to indicate the duration of the several pauses. The
temporal rest alone is not sufficient in all cases to prevent
obscurity in the mind of the hearer, or mistake as to the
meaning of discourse ; but the imited means of pause and
intonatmi serve to clearly set forth the exact relations of
the several groups of words or pausal sections of discourse.
The phrases of melody serve to give an agreeable variety
to language, and have in their relation to pauses a positive
significance, which marks continuation or completion of
the sense.
166. The inherent character of the rising and falling
movements of the voice will at once explain the peculiar
(222)
hitonation at Pauses.
power of the different phrases of melody at pauses ex-
pressed in the following:
Tli e triad of the cadence denotes a completion of the pre-
ceding sense, and is, therefore, admissible only at a proper
grammatical period. But it does not follow that it is
always to be applied at the close of the preceding sense,
for in those forms of loose sentences and inverted periods
which frequently occur in composition, there are members
with this complete and insulated meaning, which, from
their position and relation to the other parts of the sen-
tence following, will not admit of this concluding phrase.
The rising tritone denotes the most immediate connection
of the parts of a sentence separated by a pause.
The rising ditone connects the sense of the parts sepa-
rated in a diminished degree.
The monotone denotes a less intimate connection of the
sense than the rising ditone, while
The falling ditone, a still more diminished relationship ;
and
The falling tritone indicates the least suspension of the
sense that can exist without entirely cutting off its further
progression.*
In the preceding, it is to be understood that the con-
cretes of the several phrases are all upward. It will
readily be perceived that a falling concrete or concretes,
with any of these phrases, would produce in all cases an
* Rush suggested, as an aid in teaching phrasing, the adoption of
a punctuation mark called a dicomma. He further suggested some
fixed movements for pausal intonation; as, "A comma might de-
note the phrase of the rising tritone ; a double or dicomma, the
rising ditone or the monotone ; a dash, if used, the monotone ; a
semicolon, the falling ditone; a colon, the falling tritone; and a
period, the triad of the cadence." Sheridan also employed a kind
of double comma.
224 Murdoch's Elocution.
effect of separation varying in degree according to the
radical successions of the phrase. Thus, a rising ditone,
with a downward concrete on the second syllable, together
with a short pause, will produce the effect of the comple-
tion of a part of the sentence, and also of continuation of
sense.
This form of intonation is often required in vocally
punctuating sentences which are so constructed as to de-
tach the sense from what follows so far that a falling move-
ment is required, rather than a rising one, and yet not a
fall of the cadence.*
The monotone and falling ditone, with a downward con-
crete on their last syllable, are often used as similar instances
of a wide separation of sense, but still a dependence of
parts, requiring a vocal movement indicative of partial
completion. These movements are sometimes termed the
poetic monotone, as they produce a beautiful melody in
poetry, where wider intervals would be too matter-of-fact.
167. The Partial Cadence avoids the effect of full com-
pletion of sense, and secures the dependence of parts by
being made on the last three syllables of the clause to
which it is applied; the first two syllables form the rising
ditone, with a downward concrete on the third.
Let
your
com
pan -
ions
be
se -
lect.
y instinct, from a human eye."
"Within, the master's desk is seen,
Deep scarred by raps official ;
The warping floor, the battered seats,
The jack-knife's carved initial;
The charcoal frescos on its wall ;
Its door's worn sill, betraying
The feet that, creeping slow to school,
Went storming out to playing!"
— Whittier.
Chapter XIX.
Expressive Intonation.
173. Discourse never continues long in the simple
thoughtive melody, as occasional necessities for emphasis
or expression upon certain words will introduce into its
current variations of the wider or expressive concrete and
discrete intervals.
The expressive character of the upward movements de-
pend upon that inherent suspensive property of the voice
indicative of incompleteness in the thought.
The rising third, fifth, and octave are all expressive of
interrogation, varying in the degree of earnestness or in-
tensity with the extent of each. They also confer, in
varied degrees, when not interrogative, an emphatic distinc-
tion upon the words they mark.
The rising octave expresses the most intense degree of
interrogation and emphasis, and accompanies questions of
a sneering, taunting, peevish, contemptuous, or rallying
character. As an emphatic distinction, not interrogative, it
expresses surprise, astonishment, admiration, etc., when they
imply a degree of doubt or inquiry. Let the word indeed
be uttered with strong surprise, mingled with keen inquiry,
and the voice will rise on the second syllable through an
octave. In the sneering question of Shylock, exulting
over Antonio, we have an instance of the extreme em-
phatic character of the rising concrete octave :
"Hath a dog money? Is it possible
A cur should lend three thousand ducats?"
(236)
Expressive Intonation. 237
An example of the emphasis of the rising discrete octave
may be exhibited in the exasperated interrogative of
Hamlet, addressed to Laertes, on a succession of short
syllabic quantities :
"Zounds, show me what thou 'It do;
Woo't weep? Woo't fight? Woo't/w/. ? Woo't tear thyself ? "
The concrete rise or fall through the wider intervals re-
quires a syllable of long quantity, as in tear, for its drawn
out sound; whereas the immutables, or shorter mutable
syllables, can only be thrown into altitude and depression
by discrete skips, their natural means of distinction in
pitch.
174. The concrete intervals impress the ear more
strongly, owing to the time of their duration, but the dis-
crete can be made strongly impressive by radical stress.
The general expressive character of the upward intonation,
under the modifications of either concrete or discrete rise
or change in radical pitch, is, however, the same.
The rising fifth is expressive of a less piercing and more
dignified, though equally forcible, interrogative. It is the
most common form of question. As an emphatic expres-
sion, it conveys wonder, admiration, and similar states of
mind, when implying a slight degree of doubt. In this
connection, it is also expressive of more dignity than the
emphatic rising octave. In Satan's words, the admirative
emphasis of exultation on thee may be given in the rising
concrete fifth :
" Evil, be thou my good : by thee at least
Divided empire with Heaven's king I hold."
The emphasis of the discrete rising fifth is illustrated in
the following lines, where the immutable syllable is given
the admirative expression by being jumped from the cur-
rent melody through the extent of this interval :
238 Murdoch's Elocution.
"Which, if not victory,
Is yet revenge ! "
The rising concrete and discrete third are appropriate to
that form of interrogation employed in the most moderate
forms of inquiry; it is not connected with passionative states
of mind, and is used simply for the purposes of seeking
information. It is also employed for a moderate emphasis,
and especially for marking emphatic words of a conditional,
concessive, or hypothetical character. As an example of the
interrogative third, the following may be given :
"What, looked he frowningly ? "
The dignified and less intensive distinction of the rising
third may be applied to the word he in the following
lines :
"Who first seduced them to that foul revolt?
The infernal serpent, he it was whose guile
Stirred up with envy and revenge."
As an example of a discrete third, we may take the
word victory, in the example given, to illustrate the fifth,
simply giving it with less earnestness. Its character of
concession is also shown in the hypothetical clause of this
sentence :
"'If I must contend,'' said he,
'Best with the best, the sender not the sent.'"
It may be asked, what is the difference in the employ-
ment of the wider rising intervals for interrogation, and for
that of emphasis only. Where the rising intervals are
used merely for emphatic purposes, the voice, after having
risen in pitch, returns immediately to or near the line of
the current melody by a discrete skip, continuing there on
the unemphatic or unaccented syllables until a further em-
phasis is required; as, for illustration, in the following,
Expressive Intonation. 239
where the rising fifth is employed as an admirative em-
phasis to point the word beauty :
"Tears like the rain-drops may fall without measure,
But rapt - ure and beau - ty they can not re - call."
— *^ -j
¥ * + J ¥ 4
" " *
On the other hand, where a sentence of thorough inter-
rogation requires the rising octave or fifth on its long and
accented syllables, the voice, instead of descending again
to the current melody on the short and unaccented sylla-
bles, as in the preceding instance, continues on these at
the summit of the vanish of the long concrete until it be-
comes necessary to drop discretely, to rise again on the
next long and important syllable.
Wider Downward Movements.
175. Positiveness and affirmation, directly the reverse of
the doubtful or suspensive character of the rising move-
ments, mark in a greater or less degree all downward in-
tonation. There is a finality in such movements related in
its effects to the conclusive character of the cadence — a
positiveness of declaration or assertion that admits of no
uncertainty or doubt.
The wider falling movements are used exclusively for
emphasis, and they place words in a very vivid and impres-
sive light. They express strong conviction and command,
denunciation, indignation and resolution. They also express
wonder, surprise, astonishment, and admiration when these
sentiments overrule all doubt or inquiry in the mind.
Let the student utter the words you shall as if enforcing
a former refusal, and -then the falling third will be heard.
240 Murdoch's Elocution.
More earnestly and positively uttered, the interval on shall
will be a downward fifth. Then, if pronounced as if the
matter could not be gainsaid, and as a final decision, shall
will pass through the downward octave.
The downward concrete is employed in two ways : in
one, the descent proceeds from the line of the current
melody ; in the other, from a line of pitch above the curi'ent
?nelody, descending either to it or below it, according to the
strength of the emphasis. The weakest emphasis of a
downward concrete is that made fro?n the line of the
melody, the expression becoming more impressive as the radical
rises by a discrete movement above the line.
The same holds true of the wider rising concretes, the
discrete interval being always in a direction opposite to the
concrete. When the concrete is upward, the discrete de-
scends in proportion to the emphasis of the former. Take
the sentence: "Sir, /thank the government for this meas-
ure , ." If read in simply a grave and dignified manner, the
word thank requires a downward third; but should it be
given with a rising discrete interval and a rising concrete,
the expression of the sentence will change from gravity to
lightness, and the emphasis lose its impressive character
derived from the effect of downward movements.
We have an instance of the descending concrete octave
as expressive of admiration and astonishment in the words
well done, uttered as a strong exclamation of mirthful sur-
prise. The first word well should be uttered in high pitch,
and done should descend concretely from that height with
extended quantity.
If the two words of the interjection Heigh, ho I be
uttered on the extremes of the natural voice, or of high
and low pitch, a discrete skip of an octave will be made.
A falling discrete third and fifth would be similarly used
to emphasize the immutable syllables of the word attack, in
the strong and repeated enforcement of the assertion of the
Expressive Intonation. 241
following sentences: "// 7aas no feint, it was an attack."
" I tell you it ?c>as a premeditated attack."
Dr. Rush illustrates the emphasis of the discrete intona-
tion upon syllables that will not admit of the wide descent
of the concrete to express their positive affirmation by the
following notation, in which the words Brutus and ambitious
are distinguished by the radical skip downward :
Yet
Bru -
tus
says
he
was
am -
hi -
tious.
tf
-^~
•
sf
tf
tf
4
W
-^f-
tf
175. In Hamlet's reply to his mother's question: " Jf it
be" (if death be the common lot) " Why seems it so partic-
ular with thee ? " Severe and dignified conviction is to be
expressed on the word is of his reply : " Seems Madam, nay
it is! / know not seems." The intonation of this is ex-
hibited in the following notation :
Seems Ma - dam, nay,
it
is!
I
know
not
seems.
i
/ ^ of
^
d
#r
rf
J ¥ ¥ *
W
%
But the lightness of the surprise expressed in the simple
radical and vanish is not adequate to the gravity of the
reply; therefore, this is enhanced in the utterance by the
addition of the swell of the median stress on the descend-
ing fifth.
The employment of the expressive intervals, except in
the case of the third, which may form a drift, is but occa-
sional, and the unaccented syllables and unemphatic words
still conform to the laws of the diatonic melody. There
may be a succession of emphatic intonations constituting
m. e.— 21.
242 Murdochs Elocution.
an emphatic phrase, or partial drift, but the general current
of all language is diatonic, — the melody forming the
neutral background, as it were, for the more vivid intona-
tion. In intonation at pauses, where the downward con-
crete movement is introduced for emphasis, preceding a
pause of close connection, the emphatic syllable has a
change of radical pitch above the current melody, and the
concrete does not descend below. This movement many
persons mistake for a rising inflection ; thus, in the follow-
ing sentence, where the word queen is to be emphasized
by the falling third, the latter would lose its emphatic
effect if employed simply as a feeble cadence :
"No, by the rood not so;
You are the queen: your husband's brother's wife."
The difference between the downward emphatic third
and the feeble cadence is this: in the former, the voice,
after descending on the interval, instead of letting go of the
sound immediately, continues it on the organs by the impli-
cating movement until the opening of the following sylla-
ble, usually on a higher pitch.
The Semitone.
177. The semitone is expressive of all the plaintive,
pathetic emotions, — grief, distress, sorrow, tenderness, com-
passion, pity, complaint. It may be introduced into the
diatonic melody as an occasional emphasis on single words,
or it may continue as a pathetic drift through one or more
sentences. In the latter case, the melody becomes chro-
matic, proceeding entirely through semitones.* Where the
* For an extended treatment of the chromatic melody, the student
is referred to Dr. Rush's "Philosophy of the Voice."
Expressive Intonation. 243
state of mind requires that the plaintive expression should
prevail, simply place the semitone on all accented or in-
definite syllables, and the unimportant syllables will natur-
ally or sympathetically fall into the same interval. An
example of the emphatic use of the semitone may be
given on the second too of these lines from the soliloquy
of Hamlet :
" O, that this too, too solid flesh would melt,
Thaw and resolve itself into a dew."
This word, as repeated, is expressive of a state of
pathetic despondency.
The following will furnish an example of the semitonic
drift in which this pathetic interval should mark all of the
important syllables in the expression of deep sorrow :
"O my son Absalom! my son, my son Absalom! would God I
had died for ihee i O Absalom, my son, my son ! "
The student should review and practice elementary exer-
cises on semitone. See ^[69.
Exercises on the Expressive Intervals.
178. A preparatory exercise of the tables of concrete
and discrete intervals on the elements and words, as in
Chapter VII, will render the organs pliant in the follow-
ing examples :
RISING CONCRETE OCTAVE.
"Am /my brother's keeper?"
"Give Brutus a statue with his ancestors?''''
RISING DISCRETE OCTAVE.
"You were paid to fight against Alexander, not to rail at him."
244 Murdoch 's Elocution.
FALLING CONCRETE OCTAVE.
"Awake! arise! or be forever fallen!"
The mutable syllable wake will allow only the falling
concrete fifth.
FALLING DISCRETE OCTAVE.
" Pale, trembling coward! there I throw my gage."
RISING CONCRETE FIFTH.
"He said you were incomparable?"
Hamlet. — Saw who?
Horatio. — My Lord, the king, your father.
Hamlet. — The king, my /a-ther ?
FALLING CONCRETE FIFTH.
"The Assyrian came down, like a wolf on the fold."
"/am the Resurrection and the Life!"
"To arms! they come! the Greek! the Greek!"
In the above, the radical pitch of the first Greek is a
third above the last.
RISING DISCRETE FIFTH.
"Back to thy punishment! false fugitive,
And to thy speed add wings."
"Unhand me, gentlemen,
By heaven, I '11 make a ghost of him that lets me !
I say away ! — Go on ; I '11 follow thee ! "
Expressive Intonation. 245
We have here an instance of the emphatic power of
change in radical pitch on the word make, — it is lifted at
least a fifth above the current melody.
FALLING CONCRETE THIRD, FIFTH, AND OCTAVE.
"If it were the last word I had to utter, it should be no! no!!
RISING AND FALLING DISCRETE FIFTH.
"Then followed with a desperate leap,
Down fifty fathoms to the deep."
"Well, honor is the subject of my story."
RISING CONCRETE THIRD.
"But this effusion of such manly drops,
This shower blown up by tempest of the soul,
Startles mine eyes, and makes me more amaz'd
Than I had seen the vaulty top of heaven
Figur'd quite o'er with burning meteors."
'I pray thee put into yonder port,
For I fear a hurricane."
DOWNWARD CONCRETE THIRD.
" 'T is well, we'll try the temper of your heart."
"Tell him my answer is no."
I am amazed; yes, my Lords, I am amazea at his Grace's speech.'
246 Murdoch ] s Elocution.
RISING DISCRETE THIRD.
"'Come back, come back, Horatius!'
Loud cried the fathers all;
' Back, Lartius ! back, Herminius !
Back, ere the ruin fall ! "
Ay ! sputter, thou roasting apple,
Spit forth thy spleen ! 't will ease thy heart.
FALLING DISCRETE THIRD.
"Is it not monstrous that this player here,
But in a fiction, in a dream of passion."
" Sink or swim, live or die, survive or perish,
I give my hand and my heart to this vote."
"While an armed foe remained in my country I would nez-
alent Monotone. Extremely Long Pauses.
"I had a dream, which was not all a dream.
The bright sun was extinguished ; and the stars
Did wander darkling in the eternal space,
Rayless, and pathless ; and the icy earth
Swung blind and blackening in the moonless air;
Morn came, and went, — and came, and brought no day.
"The world was void;
The populous and the powerful was a lump, —
Seasonless, herbless, treeless, manless, lifeless, —
A lump of death — a chaos of hard clay.
The rivers, lakes, and ocean, all stood still ;
And nothing stirred within their silent depths:
Ships, sailorless, lay rotting on the sea ;
And their masts fell down piecemeal : as they dropped,
They slept on the abyss without a surge ; —
The waves were dead ; the tides were in their grave ;
The moon, their mistress, had expired before ;
The winds were withered in the stagnant air;
And the clouds perished : Darkness had no need
Of aid from them, She — was the universe."
— "Darkness," BYRON.
See "Clarence's Dream," first example, very low pitch;
also "Battle of Waterloo" fourth example, transition in
pitch, Chapter XXIII.
"'O-ho,' she muttered, ' Ye 're brave to-day!
But I hear the little waves laugh and say,
The broth will be cold that waits at home;
For it's one to go, but another to come!'"
308 Murdoch } s Elocution.
"The skipper hauled at the heavy sail;
' God be our help,'' he only cried."
— " The Wreck of River mouth" WHITTIER.
Subdued Force.
Tranquillity. Natural Quality. Median Stress. Moderate
Movement. Middle Pitch. Waves.
" So, as I sat upon Appledore
In the calm of a closing summer day,
And the broken lines of Hampton shore,
In purple mist of cloudland lay,
The Rivermouth Rocks their story told;
And waves aglow with sunset gold,
Rising and breaking in steady chime,
Beat the rhythm and kept the time.
"And the sunset paled, and warmed once more
With a softer, tenderer afterglow;
In the east was moonrise, with boats off shore
And sails in the distance drifting slow.
The beacon glimmered from Portsmouth bar,
The White Isle kindled its great red star;
And life and death in my old-time lay,
Mingled in peace like the night and day ! "
— " The Wreck of River mouth" WHITTIER.
Profund Repose.
" He who hath bent him o'er the dead,
Ere the first day of death is fled, —
The first dark day of nothingness,
The last of danger and distress, —
(Before decay's effacing fingers
Have swept the lines where beauty lingers,)
And marked the mild angelic air, —
The rapture of repose that 's there, —
The fixed yet tender traits that streak
Force. 309
The languor of the placid cheek,
And, — but for that sad, shrouded eye,
That fires not, — wins not, — weeps not, — now, —
And but for that chill, changeless brow,
Where cold obstruction's apathy
Appals the gazing mourner's heart,
As if to him it could impart
The doom he dreads, yet dwells upon, —
Yes, — but for these and these alone,
Some moments, — ay, — one treacherous hour,
He still might doubt the tyrant's power:
So fair, — so calm, — so softly sealed,
The first — last look — by death revealed ! "
— "Aspect of Death," Byron.
Moderate Force.
Natural Quality. Gentle Expulsion. Middle Pitch. Gentle,
Radical, and Median Stress.
"Once or twice in a lifetime we are permitted to enjoy the charm
of noble manners, in the presence of a man or woman who have no
bar in their nature, but whose character emanates freely in their
word and gesture. A beautiful form is better than a beautiful face;
a beautiful behavior is better than a beautiful form : it gives a
higher pleasure than statues or pictures, — it is the finest of the fine
arts. A man is but a little thing in the midst of the objects of
nature, yet, by the moral quality radiating from his countenance,
he may abolish all considerations of magnitude, and in his manners
equal the majesty of the world. I have seen an individual, whose
manners, though wholly within the conventions of elegant society,
were never learned there, but were original and commanding, and
held out protection and prosperity; one who did not need the aid
of a court suit, but carried the holiday in his eye; who exhilarated
the fancy by flinging wide the doors of new modes of existence ;
who shook off the captivity of etiquette with happy, spirited bear-
ing, good natured and free as Robin Hood; yet with the port of an
emperor, if need be, calm, serious, and fit to stand the gaze of
millions."
— " Manners" Emerson.
3 1 o Murdochs Elocution.
Serious Style.
" Is there not an amusement, having an affinity with the drama,
which might be usefully introduced among us? I mean, Recitation.
" A work of genius, recited by a man of fine taste, enthusiasm,
and powers of elocution, is a very pure and high gratification.
"Were this art cultivated and encouraged, great numbers, now
insensible to the most beautiful compositions, might be waked up
to their excellence and power.
" It is not easy to conceive of a more effectual way of spreading
a refined taste through a community. The drama undoubtedly
appeals more strongly to the passions than recitation; but the latter
brings out the meaning of the author more. Shakespeare, worthily
recited, would be better understood than on the stage.
" Recitation, sufficiently varied, so as to include pieces of chaste
wit, as well as of pathos, beauty, and sublimity, is adapted to our
present intellectual progress."
— '•'•Recitation,'''' CHANNING.
Declamatory Style.
" O, Rome! Rome! Thou hast been a tender nurse to me, ay!
thou hast given to that poor, gentle, timid shepherd lad, who never
knew a harsher tone than a flute-note, muscles of iron and a heart
of flint ; taught him to drive the sword through plaited mail and
links of rugged brass, and warm it in the marrow of his foe. And
he shall pay thee back, until the yellow Tiber is red as frothing
wine, and in its deepest ooze thy life-blood lies curdled ! "
— E. Kellogg.
"And shall the mortal sons of God
Be senseless as the trodden clod,
And darker than the tomb ?
No, by the mind of man !
By the swart Artisan,
By God, our Sire!
Our souls have holy light within;
And every form of grief and sin
Force. 3 1 1
Shall see and feel its (ire!
By earth, and hell and heaven !
The shroud of souls is riven !
Mind, mind alone,
Is light, and hope, and power !
Earth's deepest night, from this blest hour,
The night of mind is gone."
— Eijknkzkr Elliot.
TREMOR. — With High Pitch and Brilliant, Orotund Quality.
"Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song unto
the Lord, and spake, saying, I will sing unto the Lord, for he
hath triumphed gloriously: the horse and his rider hath he thrown
into the sea. The Lord is my strength and song, and he is be-
come my salvation: he is my God, and I will prepare him a hab-
itation ; my father's God, and I will exalt him. The Lord is a
man of war: the Lord is his name. Pharaoh's chariots and his
host hath he cast into the sea: his chosen captains also are drowned
in the Red Sea. The depths have covered them: they sank into
the bottom as a stone. Thy right hand, O Lord, is become glori-
ous in power: thy right hand, O Lord, hath dashed in pieces the
enemy. And in the greatness of thine excellency thou hast over-
thrown them that rose up against thee: thou sentest forth thy
wrath, which consumed them as stubble. And with the blast of
thy nostrils the waters were gathered together, the floods stood up-
right as a heap, and the depths were congealed in the heart of
the sea. The enemy said, I will pursue, I will overtake, I will
divide the spoil ; my lust shall be satisfied upon them ; I will draw
my sword, my hand shall destroy them.
Thou didst blow with thy wind, the sea covered them : they
sank as lead in the mighty waters. Who is like unto thee, O Lord,
among the gods? who is like thee, glorious in holiness, fearful in
praises, doing wonders? Thou stretchedst out thy right hand, the
earth swallowed them. Thou in thy mercy hast led forth the people
which thou hast redeemed : thou hast guided them in thy strength
unto thy holy habitation. The people shall hear, and be afraid :
sorrow shall take hold on the inhabitants of Palestina. Then the
dukes of Edom shall be amazed ; the mighty men of Moab, tremb-
Murdoch's Elocution.
ling shall take hold upon them; all the inhabitants of Canaan shall
melt away. Fear and dread shall fall upon them ; by the greatness
of thine arm they shall be as still as a stone; till thy people pass
over, O Lord, till the people pass over, which thou hast purchased.
Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of
thine inheritance, in the place, O Lord, which thou hast made for
thee to dwell in, in the Sanctuary, O Lord, which thy hands have
established. The Lord shall reign for ever and ever."
— Song of Israel.
" I call upon those whom I address to stand up for the no-
bility of labor. It is Heaven's great ordinance for human improve-
ment. Let not that great ordinance be broken down. What do I
say ? It is broken down ; and it has been broken down for ages. Let
it then be built up again ; here, if anywhere, on these shores of a
new world, — of a new civilization. But how, I may be asked, is it
broken down? Do not men toil? it may be said. They do indeed
toil ; but they too generally do it because they must. Many submit
to it as in some sort a degrading necessity ; and they desire nothing
so much on earth as escape from it. They fulfill the great law of
labor in the letter, but break it in the spirit ; fulfill it with the
muscle, but break it with the mind. To some field of labor, mental
or manual, every idler should fasten, as a chosen and coveted theater
of improvement. But so is he not impelled to do, under the
teachings of our imperfect civilization. On the contrary, he sits
down, folds his hands, and blesses himself in his idleness. This way
of thinking is the heritage of the absurd and unjust feudal system
under which serfs labored, and gentlemen spent their lives in fight-
ing and feasting. It is time that this opprobrium of toil were done
away. Ashamed to toil, art thou ? Ashamed of thy dingy work-
shop and dusty labor-field ; of thy hard hand scarred with service
more honorable than that of war; of thy soiled and weather-stained
garments, on which mother Nature has embroidered, 'midst sun and
rain, 'midst fire and steam, her own heraldic honors? Ashamed of
these tokens and titles, and envious of the flaunting robes of imbe-
cile idleness and vanity? It is treason to Nature; — it is impiety to
Heaven ; — it is breaking Heaven's great ordinance. Toil, I repeat —
toil, either of the brain, of the heart, or of the hand, is the only
true manhood, the only true nobility."
" The Nobility of Labor;' Rev. Orville Dewey.
Force. 3 1 3
Sustained Force.
shouting.
1 Tchassan Ouglou * is on !
Tchassan Ouglou is on !
And with him to battle
The faithful are gone. —
Allah, il allah!
The tambour is rung ;
Into his war-saddle
Each Spahi t hath swung : —
Now the blast of the desert
Sweeps over the land,
And the pale fires of heaven
Gleam in each Damask brand.
Allah, il allah! "t
— Wm. Motherwell.
Impassioned Force.
Orotund Quality. Aspirated. Radical and Final Stress.
Waves and Wider Intervals. High Pitch. Rapid Move-
ment.
1 O, woe to you, ye lofty halls ! may no sweet sounds resound,
Nor harp, nor song your chambers through shall e'er again be
found,
Nay ! nought but sighs and groans and slaves that tread their
timid way, i
Till you the avenging fury crush to ruin and decay !
" And woe, ye fragrant gardens, in may-light soft and fair
I show to you the ghastly face of that dead minstrel there,
That you may wither at the sight, your crystal springs grow dry,
That in the future days of gloom all withered you may lie !
* Pronounced Shassan Ooglue. f Spa-hee. X Turkish war-cry.
M. E.— 27.
314 Murdoctis Elocution.
"And woe, thou godless murderer, thou curse of minstrelsy!
Thy strifes for wreaths of bloody fame are all in vain to thee !
Thy name shall be forgotten when in endless night 'tis tossed,
As e'en forever dying groans in empty air are lost!"
— " The MinstreVs Curse,'' Uhland.
Expulsive Orotund, changing to Explosion in the authoi'itative
command opening the fifth line. High Pitch. Rapid
Movement. Final Stress, changing to Radical, with Inter-
vals and Waves.
"O better that her shattered hulk
Should sink beneath the wave ;
Her thunders shook the mighty deep,
And there should be her grave ;
Nail to the mast her holy flag,
Set every threadbare sail,
And give her to the god of storms,
The lightning and the gale."
— " Old Ironsides" Holmes.
Transition in Force.
In the following language descriptive of the glory of
Italy gained at the terrible sacrifice of life, which fell so
heavily upon Laura Savio, we have an instance of sudden
transition from impassioned to suppressed force :
" When Venice and Rome keep their new jubilee,
When your flag takes all heaven for its white, green and red,
When you have your country from mountain to sea,
When King Victor has Italy's crown on his head,
(And / have my dead.)"
Chapter XXV.
Stress: Studies in Stress, with a further Application to the Ex-
pression of Language.
213. Almost all of the forms of stress, by changing the
plain, equable character of the simple concrete, impart to
it some unusual significance or expression.
The stresses of primary importance, and of the most fre-
quent application, are the Radical, the Final, and the
Median. They may exist with all degrees of force, but
stress does not in all cases imply a strong enforcement of
force.
The compound and thorough stresses do not admit of
the same gradations in degree as the others named. They
are, therefore, of more rare occurrence, being among the
most striking and vivid constituents of language. The
peculiar use of each stress in expression, will now be
considered in order.
Radical Stress.
Radical stress, as an element of perfected articulation,
affects all correctly uttered language, imparting to the
latter, by its several degrees of incisive clearness, a deli-
cately distinct or more energetic and vivid character. In
brisk or animated utterance, this initial opening should be
well marked and positive, while in graver language, lack-
ing expressive force, it is less pronounced and decisive,
(315)
31 6 Murdoch? s Elocution.
though the organic action should be none the less accurate
and perfect.
The most clearly marked and decisive form of the unim-
passioned radical stress, marks the distinctive words and
syllables of language in which thought is to be definitely
contrasted with thought, in order to convey a clear concep-
tion to the hearer of distinctive ideas entirely independent
of emotion and passion. It is sometimes called the dis-
tinctive radical.
It should, however, never be carried to the extreme of
sharply puncturing every distinctive word or syllable. To
exhibit the difference between this simply distinctive use
of radical stress and its employment as an element of for-
cible expression, let the following words be spoken simply
as a clear, distinct statement, implying a slight degree of
antithetical contrast in the words out and in :
"As he went out of my presence, you came in."
Next, let the words "out of my presence" be uttered
as an angry, imperative exclamation, and the forcible ex-
plosion on out will be in strong contrast to the delicately
distinctive character of the opening sound of the same
word in the first instance given.
Radical stress, then, has an expressive and an inexpres-
sive form. It is the only form of stress which is not
always in some degree expressive. As radical abruptness
differs from the other stresses in being the root of all
vocality, and hence a universal function of syllabic utter-
ance, the reason of this exception is obvious. Although
its execution is always the same, its degree marks the differ-
ence between its character as an element of sentiment and
feeling, and that of a simple exponent of the neutral state
of unimpassioned thought.
As a preparation for the following examples in unimpas-
sioned radical stress, see ^f 146.
Stress. 3 i 7
EXAMPLES OF RADICAL STRESS.
Unimpassioned Radical.
didactic composition, serious STYLE. — Natural Qualify.
Moderate Force, with occasional Thirds. Diatonic Melody.
"Taste and genius are two words frequently joined together,
and, therefore, by inaccurate thinkers confounded. They signify,
however, two quite different things. The difference between them
can be clearly pointed out, and it is of importance to remember it.
Taste consists in the power of judging; genius, in the power of ex-
ecuting. One may have a considerable degree of taste in poetry,
eloquence, or any of the fine arts, who has little or hardly any genius
for composition or execution in any of these arts ; but genius can
not be found without including taste also. Genius, therefore, de-
serves to be considered as a higher power of the mind than taste.
Genius always imparts something inventive or creative, which does
not rest in mere sensibility to beauty where it is perceived, but
which can, moreover, produce new beauties, and exhibit them in
such a manner as strongly to impress the minds of others. Refined
taste forms a good critic ; but genius is further necessary to form
the poet or the orator."
" Taste and Genius,'" Dr. Hugh Blair.
Animated Description.
Natural Quality. Moderate Force. Diatonic Melody, with
Thirds and Fifths.
"Within 'twas brilliant all and light,
A thronging scene of figures bright;
It glowed on Ellen's dazzled sight,
As when the setting sun has given
Ten thousand hues to summer even,
And, from their tissue, fancy frames
Aerial knights and fairy dames.
Still by Fitz-James her footing staid,
31 8 Murdoch's Elocution.
A few faint steps she forward made,
Then slow her drooping head she raised,
And fearful round the presence gazed ;
For him she sought, who owned this state,
The dreaded prince whose will was fate !
She gazed on many a princely port,
Might well have ruled a royal court ;
On many a splendid garb she gazed —
Then turned bewildered and amazed,
For all stood bare; and, in the room,
Fitz-James alone wore cap and plume.
To him each lady's look was lent,
On him each courtier's eye was bent ;
Midst furs, and silks, and jewels sheen,
He stood, in simple Lincoln green,
The center of the glittering ring —
And Snowdoun's Knight is Scotland's king !
As wreath of snow on mountain breast,
Slides from the rock that gave it rest,
Poor Ellen glided from her stay,
And at the monarch's feet she lay."
— "Lady of the Lake," SCOTT.
The splendor and brilliancy of the description of Sir
Lancelot is effected by the employment of Radical Stress.
High Pitch. Orotund Quality. Rapid Movement. Concrete
and Discrete Thirds, Fifths, and Waves.
" A bow-shot from her bower eaves,
He rode between the barley-sheaves,
The sun came dazzling thro' the leaves,
And flamed upon the brazen greaves
Of bold Sir Lancelot.
A red-cross knight forever kneel'd
To a lady in his shield,
That sparkled on the yellow field,
Beside remote Shalott.
"The gemmy bridle glitter'd free,
Like to some branch of stars we see
Stress, 319
Hung in the golden Galaxy.
The bridle bells rang merrily
As he rude down to Camelotj
And from his blazon'd baldric slung
A mighty silver bugle hung,
And as he rode his armor rung,
Beside remote Shalott.
" All in the blue unclouded weather
Thick-jewel'd shone the saddle-leather,
The helmet and the helmet-feather
Burned like one burning flame together,
As he rode down to Camelot.
As often thro' the purple night,
Below the starry clusters bright,
Some bearded meteor, trailing light,
Moves over still Shalott.
" His broad clear brow in sunlight glow'd ;
On burnish'd hooves his war-horse trode;
From underneath his helmet flow'd
His coal-black curls as on he rode,
As he rode down to Camelot.
From the bank and from the river
He flash'd into the crystal mirror,
' Tirra lirra,' by the river
Sang Sir Lancelot."
" The Lady of Shalott," Tennyson.
Forcible Radical.
214. The forcible, emphatic, or impassioned radical
stress, varying in degree from vehement explosion to an
earnest energy of abruptness, is expressive of all passions
or emotions of a violent, bold, impetuous, impulsive, or ener-
getic character ; as strong anger, and states allied to it :
wrath, rage, impatience, courage, exultation, and imperious
mirth.
2)20 Murdoch's Elocution.
The abrupt burst of violent utterance which characterizes
the impassioned vocality of fierce anger, issues from the
organs with an eruptive blast of force that seems at times
to give an almost superhuman intensity to the sound of the
voice. Thus, when " the goblin full of wrath," in his
attempt to repel the arch fiend from the gate of his infernal
prison, bursts out in the fierce command, "Back to thy
punishment, false fugitive," the emphatic words find
utterance in the most impassioned form of radical stress.
Aspirated force on the intensely impassioned radical stress
is exemplified in Shylock's vindictive exclamation :
"Cursed be my tribe, if I forgive him."
Nature's primitive language of impassioned exclamation
often receives its power and intensity of expression from
the vehement explosion of sound which startles the ear
with its instantaneous burst of force, as in the outbreak of
angry indignation contained in the following words of
Beatrice :
" O heaven, that I were a man ! —
I would cat his heart in the market-place."
Or in the sudden terror expressed in the words of Juliet:
"O! look! methinks I see my cousin's ghost,
Seeking out Romeo ! "
Or in the alarm of Lady Macbeth :
"Alack! I am afraid they have awaked, and 'tis not done."
Radical stress is also expressive of great positiveness in
the state of the mind, and is, therefore, employed in im-
perative words of command, for the purpose of enforcing
authority. Thus, in the military commands, Atte?ition!
Stress. 3 2 1
Right Face I Shoulder Arms I March! Halt! Forward! etc.,
it is the clear, strong explosion of the forcible radical stress
which reaches every ear, and seems, in its sudden and de-
cisive character, to compel attention and obedience.
The intermediate degrees of force in the radical stress,
lying between the vehement outburst of passionative excite-
ment and the merely accidental or distinctive form of this
stress, are the signs of impulsive or impetuous earnestness
of feeling, not amounting to the vehemence of ungoverned
passion. Thus, in the eagerness and imaginative fervor of
the following language of Juliet, the emphatic syllables
would receive this simply energetic force or fullness of the
radical stress :
"Gallop apace, ye fiery footed steeds,
Toward Phoebus' mansion ; such a waggoner
As Phaeton would whip you to the west,
And bring in cloudy night immediately."
The abrupt explosive enforcement of the radical stress is
the only means of giving emphatic distinction or expression
to immutable syllables. When, therefore, such syllables
require strong emphasis, it must be accomplished by this
stress, as in the expression of exultation in the word victory
in the first of the following examples, and in that of angry
impatience in the word iteration of the second :
"He shook the fragment of his blade and shouted victory! 1 ''
"Why this iteration, woman?"
215. The most forcible or impassioned form of radical
stress, like all other extremes of expression, is to be em-
ployed only as in distinction of emphatic words or phrases
in the current of language. It should never form a drift
in utterance. Where it gives the general color of expres-
sion to a succession of words, however, by marking the
most prominent, those that are subordinate in expression
Murdoch 's Elocution.
will generally take on, in the natural consonancy of effects,
some degree of the same energetic movement, more or less
diminished, according as their individual value shall de-
mand a lesser emphasis or simply an energetic articulation.
Only a persistent and disciplined exercise of the organs
will secure that command over them by which syllables
and words are launched, as it were, from the mouth, and
swept in the current of utterance into the ear in compact,
penetrating, and vivid forms of forcible expression.
The attention has been repeatedly directed to the fact of
the organic act of occlusion necessarily preceding the rad-
ical abruptness of sound. This occlusion is most under
command, and the explosion can be most perfectly given,
on syllables beginning with a tonic element or with an
abrupt one preceding a tonic. When a syllable begins
with a subtonic or atonic which is not abrupt, a clear and
forcible radical stress is not practicable. Some extent of
abruptness can be given, however, by an energetic practice
on such combinations.
Suggestive Exercises.
216. First utter words in columns with moderate, then
earnest, then vehement radical stress. Then read in the
sentence form, with the requisite degree of force and
abruptness, on each marked syllable, calculated to fully
express the fierce and vehement nature of the language
employed. It must be borne in mind that these sentences
have been arranged only with an eye to the prescribed oral
effect; they present within a limited space a large number
of words fitted to the expression of fierce abruptness and
violent emotion, which it is the function of radical stress to
enforce; besides, from not being involved and inverted in
construction, they require no particular exercise of mind to
grasp their meaning.
Stress.
323
Burly,
Trembling,
Trumpets,
ard,
Blattant,
Cowers,
Clang,
1 >e[)art,
Boasted,
Manly,
Hurl,
Dishonored,
Bragged,
Bearing,
Bftckfc,
Crush,
Branded,
Challenged,
Fearless,
More,
Challenger,
Champion,
Antagonist,
Falchion,
Outdared,
Outraged,
Herald,
Wield,
Dastard,
Innocence,
Thunders,
Honorable,
Beggar,
Hark,
Recreant,
Warfare.
Though — burly — 6/a/tant and Metering — he — r/^a/lenged — the —
challenger — yet — the — out-dared — dastard— failed. — to — meet — the —
charge. — He — had — boasted — and bragged — of — his — power — to —
hurl — back — and — crush — his — antagonist. — Behold — the — result/ —
A — ^ r gar — for — mercy — knee — is — bent — head — uncovered. — Trevi-
bling — with— -fear — he — coiuer% — before — the — bold — manly — far-
ing — of — the— ^Yzrless — chamo'xon — of — innocence.
Hark ! — 't is— the — trumpets' — clang — three — times — it — sounds. —
Listen — to — the — herald's — voice — it — thunders — forth. — Recreant —
and — coward — depart. — Dis/wwored — and — branded — never — more —
shalt — thou — hold — lance — in — rest — or— -falchion — wield — in — honor-
able — warfare.
Executioner — blot — out — his— motto — and — strike — off — his — spurs. —
Henceforth — let — the — name— of — Gaspard — Count — de — Burgo —
be — as — a— scoff— a — mockery — and — a — by-word — to — all — honor-
able — men.
So — adjudge — the — noble — peers — of — this — high — court — abso-
lute — and — unalterable.
An excellent practice consists in taking any piece of
composition, abounding in strong declamatory or dramatic
passages, and subjecting it to the above treatment, first
making columns of words of accentual or emphatic force,
then phrase them, and finally combine in the form of sen-
tences.
217. The precise exactness of the initial opening which
is insisted upon as a requisite of elementary practice for
the purposes of vocal discipline, is not to be carried into
the current of speech, even in the most violent utterance.
The organs properly trained on the elements will respond
324 Murdoch's Elocution.
unconsciously to the fullest requisites of precision for articu-
lative or expressive purposes.
The powerful radical of passionative utterance thus
placed at command by thorough discipline will be a full,
compact body of sound, suddenly projected, and driven
rapidly through the rapid concrete with a concentrated
power. The increased volume of the orotund or the im-
proved natural voice, gives this full body to the radical,
relieving it from any thing like sharpness or barking hard-
ness.
Imperative Command.
Explosive Orotund, changing to Aspirated, Impassioned Force.
Thirds. Wider Intervals and Waves.
Gloster. — Stay you, that bear the corse, and set it down.
Anne. — What black magician conjures up this fiend,
To stop devoted, charitable deeds?
Gloster. — Villains, set down the corse; or, by Saint Paul,
I '11 make a corse of him that disobeys.
1st Gent. — My lord, stand back, and let the coffin pass.
Gloster. — Unmannered dog! stand thou when I command:
Advance thy halberd higher than my breast,
Or, by Saint Paul, I '11 strike thee to my foot,
And spurn upon thee, beggar, for thy boldness.
Anne. — Would it were mortal poison, for thy sake!
Gloster. — Never came poison from so sweet a place.
Anne. — Never hung poison on a fouler toad.
Out of my sight ! thou dost infect mine eyes.
Gloster.- — Thine eyes, sweet lady, have infected mine.
Anne. — Would they were basilisks, to strike thee dead!
Gloster. — I would they were, that I might die at once.
— " Richard Iff," SHAKESPEARE.
Stress.
Impassioned Force.
Oil, for a tongue to curse the slave,
Whose treason, like a deadly blight,
Comes o'er the councils of the brave,
And blasts them in their hour of might!
May life's unblessed cup for him
Be drugged with treacheries to the brim, —
With hopes that but allure to fly,
With joys that vanish while he sips,
Like Dead Sea fruits that tempt the eye,
But turn to ashes on the lips."
"Denunciation," Thomas Moore.
Radical Stress.
Explosive orotund quality and radical stress, in its differ-
ent degrees of force, from the merely forcible to the most
violent forms of utterance, is illustrated in the following
passage from Milton. High Pitch. Wider Concrete and
Discrete Intervals.
: Whence and what art thou, execrable shape,
That darest, though grim and terrible, advance
Thy miscreated front athwart my way
To yonder gates? through them I mean to pass,
That be assured, without leave ask'd of thee :
Retire, or taste thy folly ; and learn by proof,
Hell-born, not to contend with Spirits of Heaven!
To whom the Goblin, full of wrath, replied : —
* Art thou that traitor angel, art thou he,
Who first broke peace in heaven, and faith, till then
Unbroken, and in proud rebellious arms
Drew after him the third part of heaven's sons
Conjured against the Highest, for which both thou
And they, outcast from God, are here condemn'd,
To waste eternal days in woe and pain?
326 Murdoch's Elocution.
And reckon'st thou thyself with spirits of heaven,
Hell-doom'd, and breathest defiance here and scorn,
Where I reign king, and, to enrage thee more,
Thy king and lord ! Back to thy punishment,
False fugitive, and to thy speed add wings;
Lest with a whip of scorpions I pursue
Thy lingering, or with one stroke of this dart
Strange horrour seize thee, and pangs unfelt before."
The difference between the stately movement of the
epic, and the more colloquial, dramatic form of language,
is strongly marked in the following passage, which calls for
the aspirated orotund quality, and the sharper radical
stress peculiar to the irascible indignation expressed in
Glostefs words :
Gloster. — They do me wrong, and I will not endure it. —
Who are they, that complain unto the king,
That I, forsooth, am stern, and love them not?
By holy Paul, they love his grace but lightly,
That fill his ears with such dissentious rumors.
Because I can not flatter, and speak fair,
Smile in men's faces, smooth, deceive, and cog,
Duck with French nods, and apish courtesy,
I must be held a rancorous enemy.
Can not a plain man live, and think no harm,
But thus his simple truth must be abus'd
By silken, sly, insinuati?ig Jacks ?
Grey. — To whom, in all this presence, speaks your grace ?
Gloster. — To thee, that hast nor honesty nor grace.
When have I injured thee? when done thee wrong t
Or thee ? — or thee ? — or any of your faction ?
A plague upon you all/"
— "Richard III" Shakespeare.
Chapter XXVI.
Final Stress.
218. Final Stress is a greater or less enforcement of
the final part of the syllabic concrete. Final stress, in its
more forcible forms, is indicative of a hasty energy in the
state of mind, similar to that expressed by energetic radical
stress, still it differs from the latter in seeming to be more
the result of a comparative predetermination or reflective
will directing the form of the vocal effort.
Radical stress comes with an instantaneous and almost
involuntary burst from the organs, in the opening of the
syllabic concrete ; but in the final, they seem to be in con-
scious preparation, as it were, on the first part of the con-
crete, for the accumulation or concentration of effort at the
close.
Final stress is, therefore, the natural means for express-
ing all mental states of a determined, resolute, or willful
character; such as earnest resolve; dogged ox fierce obstinacy;
strong complaint; impatient or angry willfulness ; earnest con-
viction ; fretful impatience; supplication, etc. It may express
these several states in various degrees, from the light color-
ing of a syllable or word by the energy of the final pres-
sure on some moderate interval or wave, to the vivid force
of the strongest jerk of sound, at the close of wide upward
or down-sweeping intervals.
Final stress gives intensity to the interrogative character
of the wide-rising intervals, adding in its more forcible
degree the effect of angry impatience to the intonation of
(327)
328 Murdoch's Elocution.
the question, while it enforces in all cases the positiveness
of the wide, downward intonation. Indeed, the strongest
emphasis of final stress, when not interrogative, is always
combined with the wider downward concretes or waves ter-
minating with downward constituents; these two elements
of effect, downward intonation and final stress, naturally
combining to express the most determined positiveness of
any passionative state.
To contrast the less forcible employment of final stress
with its strong enforcement, let the words, / will not, be
uttered with simply the strong determination of a fixed
resolve, and there will be simply a firm pressure at the
close of the descending interval on will not.
Then let the words / won't be uttered in the angry, im-
patient manner of a willful child, and the descending posi-
tive concrete of won't will exhibit that forcible jerk, or
sudden powerful accumulation of sound at its termination,
which constitutes final stress in its most highly expressive
form.
Final stress impresses the ear too strongly, even in its
lighter degrees, to allow of its frequent and continued rep-
etition as a drift in the current of discourse. It should be
employed, therefore, only to mark occasional emphatic
words, or successions of such words in impressive phrases,
and then shaded in its degrees to their several gradations
of emphatic value. For exercises for practice on final
stress see ^f 147.
Exercises in Final Stress in Expression.
haughty determination and pride. — Expulsive Orotwid.
Impassioned Force. Falling Fifths and Waves.
"Thou may'' si, thou shalt ; I will not go with thee:
I will instruct my sorrows to be proud ;
Final Stress. 329
Fur grief is proud, and makes li is owner stout.
To me, and to the slate of my gnat grief,
Let kings assemble; for my grief's so great,
That no supporter but the huge firm earth
Can hold it up: here I and sorrows sit;
Here is my throne, bid kings come bo^u to it"
— Shakespeare.
agonized supplication. — Aspirated Quality. Weeping Ut-
terance. Waves. Chromatic T/iirds and Fifths.
"Too hard to bear! why did they take me thence?
O God Almighty, blessed Savior : Thou
That did'st uphold me on my lonely isle,
Uphold me, Father, in my loneliness
A little longer! aid me, give me strength
Not to tell her, never to let her know.
Help me not to break in upon her peace.
My children too! must I not speak to these?
They know me not. I should betray myself.
Never ! — no father's kiss for me ! — the girl —
So like her mother, and the boy, my son ! "
— "Enoch Arden," Tennyson.
wretchedness and despair. — Aspirated Quality. Sup-
pressed Force. Deliberate Movement. Semitonic Thirds and
unequal Waves.
' ' Is there a way to forget to think ?
At your age, sir, home, fortune, friends,
A dear girl's love, — but I took to drink, —
The same old story ; you know how it ends.
If you could have seen these classic features, —
You needn't laugh, sir; they were not then
Such a burning libel on God's creatures:
I was one of your handsome men !
"You've set me talking, sir; I'm sorry;
It makes me wild to think of the change!
M. E.— 28.
2,30 Murdochs Elocution.
What do you care for a begga?-'s story ?
Is it amusing ? you find it strange ?
I had a mother so proud of me !
'T was well she died before — Do you know
If the happy spirits in heaven can see
The ruin and wretchedness here below?"
— " The Vagabonds,'" TROWBRIDGE.
declamatory force. — Expulsive Orotund. The Energized
Utterance giving a final pressure to the Syllables. Extended
Waves a?id Wider Intervals.
" Mr. President, I shall enter on no encomium upon Massachu-
setts; she needs none. There she is; behold her, and judge for
yourselves. There is her history ; the world knows it by heart. The
past, at least, is secure. There is Boston, and Concord, and Lex-
ington, and Bunker. Hill; and there they will remain forever. The
bones of her sons, fallen in the great struggle for Independence,
now lie mingled with the soil of every state, from New England
to Georgia ; and there they will lie forever.
"And, sir, where American Liberty raised its first voice, and
where its youth was nurtured and sustained, there it still lives, in
the strength of its manhood, and full of its original spirit. If dis-
cord and disunion shall wound it ; if party strife and blind ambition
shall hawk at and tear it ; if folly and madness, if uneasiness under
salutary and necessary restraint, shall succeed in separating it from
that Union, by which alone its existence is made sure, — it will stand,
in the end, by the side of that cradle in which its infancy was
rocked; it will stretch forth its arm with whatever of vigor it may
still retain, over the friends who gather round it ; and it will fall at
last, if fall it must, amid the proudest monuments of its own glory,
and on the very spot of its origin."
"South Carolina and Massachusetts" Webster.
declamatory force. — Expulsive Orotund. Deliberate Move-
ment. Wider Intervals and Unequal Waves.
" Lochiel ! Lochiel ! beware of the day
When the Lowlands shall meet thee in battle array !
For a field of the dead rushes red on my sight,
Final Stress.
And the clans <>f Culloden are scattered in flight.
They rally, they bleed, for their kingdom and crown;
Woe, woe to the riders that trample them down.
O crested Lochiel ! the peerless in might,
Whose hanners arise on the battlements' height,
Heaven's fire is around thee, to blast and to burn ;
Return to thy dwelling ! all lonely return !
For the blackness of ashes shall mark where it stood,
And a wild mother scream o'er her famishing brood."
— " LochieVs Warning,'' Campbell.
IMPATIENCE, AND STERN, IMPETUOUS COMMAND. Aspirated
Expulsive Orotund. Falling Fifths and Discrete Rising
Thirds.
" But William answer'd short :
1 1 can not marry Dora ; by my life,
I will not marry Dora.' Then the old man
Was wroth, and doubled up his hands, and said :
'You will not, boy! you dare to answer thus!
But in my time a father's word was law,
And so it shall be now for me. Look to it ;
Consider, William : take a month to think,
And let me have an answer to my wish ;
Or by the Lord that made me, you shall pack,
And nevermore darken my doors again.' "
— "Dora" Tennyson.
Chapter XXVII.
Median Stress.
219. Median Stress has been shown to be an enforce-
ment of the middle of the concrete, giving the effect of a
swelling fullness to that part of the syllabic utterance.
This stress sets forth intensity of voice with greater dig-
nity and elegance than all the other forms of force. It is
used, therefore, as the natural means of enforcing those
sentiments and emotions that are combined with, or have
their root in, elevated thought and the fervor of the imag-
ination. The swell of the median has a greater or less
degree of fullness, extent and enforcement, according as
the feelings it expresses have more or less of ardor, depth,
and grandeur.
It may, then, appear under all modifications of degree,
from the gentle swell which marks the tranquil flowing out
of the voice on the long quantities of the language of quiet,
pathetic sentiment or solemnity, to the firm and swelling
energy which enforces the emphasis of language indicative
of a high degree of power, combined with dignity or ele-
vation of feeling. In its lighter forms, and combined with
the lesser waves, median stress may prevail as a drift of
dignified expression ; but, when its more vivid degrees are
blended with the extended intonation of the wider intervals
and waves, it should only be used as an occasional em-
phasis, otherwise it will degenerate into bombastic ex-
cess.
(332)
Median Stress.
220. The gentle force of the median swell, sometimes
called the temporal pressure, should be placed on every
syllable of quantity in the following example, which has
already been given to illustrate the use of the wave of the
second. Median stress and this wave, given with long
quantity, are almost invariably combined, as they unite to
express the same emotions of dignity and grandeur:
"High on a throne of royal state, which far
Outshone the wealth of Ornnis and of Ind."
The wave could be extended to the extent of a third in
a fuller expression of elevated admiration. This example
furnishes an instance of a drift of the median stress. On
the other hand, we have it as a solitary and impressive
emphasis in the dignified but strong rebuke contained in
the following language :
"And Nathan said unto David, thou art the man!"
Here the swell may be given on a descending fifth or
octave, or on a wave of the third or fifth. The effect of
the median stress is much enhanced by the tremor, and
where it is thus given with the full volume of the orotund,
it expresses the highest effect of sublimity and grandeur of
which the human voice is capable. It should be thus
applied to the following lines:
" Thou, too, sail on, O Ship of State !
Sail on, O Union, strong and great! "
221. This form of expression is utterly incompatible with
haste or violence, just as the forcible forms of the other
stresses are incompatible with grace and deliberation. In
the case of the latter, the delicate attenuation of the equa-
ble concrete gives way to the impelling power of energy or
334 Murdochs Elocution.
vehemence, while in the former it is always preserved by
the restraining dignity of the feeling, however deep and
strong.
Median stress thus gives an agreeable smoothness to the
expression of all those modifications of surprise, admiration,
joy, hope, exultation, etc., which do not exceed the bounds
of dignity. It also expresses sublime exaltation, terrible or
solemn warning, reverential and deep pathos, dignified sup-
plication, smooth insinuation, etc. It is thus preeminently
the element of effect in the language of poetry and exalted
imagination, not strongly dramatic.
Median stress is one of the most important elements in
the whole range of vocal expression, but one that requires
the most careful artistic handling, as it is very apt to be-
come deformed into an offensive drawling or monotone
when the organs are not well skilled by elementary prac-
tice in its execution; for, like quantity in syllables with
which it is inseparably allied, it is an element of voice
least employed in the ordinary colloquial uses of the latter,
hence the least ready to respond to the efforts of unedu-
cated utterance. As all exercises, therefore, on this stress,
serve to develop a power over quantity also, its ele-
mentary practice can not be too strongly insisted upon.
The quotation from the Psalms, given below, calls for
extended quantity and median stress :
*'0 Lord, how manifold are thy works! in wisdom hast thou
made them all: the earth is full of thy riches."
Exercises for Practice on Median Stress.
Let description of this stress be carefully reviewed (see
^[ 141) ; and its exercise on elements and syllables, as
there directed, be carefully repeated, both in the natural
voice and the orotund, until its mechanical execution is at
the command of the organs.
Median Stress. 335
REFLECTION.
Effusive Orotund. Subdued Force. Slow Movement. Waves
and Prevalent Mo?wtone.
" 'T is a time
For memory and for tears. Within the deep,
Still chambers of the heart, a spectre dim,
Whose tones are like the wizard voice of Time,
Heard from the tomb of ages, points its cold
And solemn finger to the beautiful
And holy visions, that have passed away,
And left no shadow of their loveliness
On the dead waste of life. That spectre lifts
The coffin-lid of Hope and Joy and Love,
And bending mournfully above the pale,
Sweet forms that slumber there, scatters dead flowers
O'er what has passed to nothingness."
— Geo. D. Prentice.
TRANQUILLITY.
Natural Quality. Moderate Force. Gentle Swell. Waves
and Thirds.
'■ How beautiful this night ! The balmiest sigh,
That vernal zephyrs breathe in evening's ear,
Were discord to the speaking quietude,
That wraps this nerveless scene. Heaven's ebon vault,
Studded with stars unconquerably bright,
Through which the moon's unclouded grandeur rolls,
Seems like a canopy which love had spread
To curtain her sleeping world."
— Shelley.
336 Murdoch ' s Elocution.
PATRIOTISM.
Further Swell, approaching Poetic Utterance. Animated Style.
Waves and Thirds.
" Wherever, O man, God's sun first beamed upon thee — where
the stars of heaven first shone above thee, — where His lightnings
first declared His omnipotence, and His storm and wind shook thy
soul with pious awe, — there are thy affections, there is thy country.
Where the first human eye bent lovingly over thy cradle, — where
thy mother first bore thee joyfully on her bosom, where thy father
engraved the words of wisdom on thy heart, — there are thy affec-
tions, there is thy country."
— M. E. Arndt.
HOPE.
Natural Quality. Effusive Uttera?ice. Gentle Force. Waves,
Thirds, and Fifths.
"With thee, sweet Hope, resides the heavenly light,
That pours remotest rapture on the sight ;
Thine is the charm of life's bewilder'd way,
That calls each slumbering passion into play.
Eternal Hope ! when yonder spheres sublime
Peal'd their first notes to sound the march of time,
Thy joyous youth began — but not to fade,
When all the sister planets have decay'd;
When wrapt in fire the realms of ether glow,
And heaven's last thunder shakes the world below ;
Thou, undismayed, shalt o'er the ruins smile,
And light thy torch at Nature's funeral pile."
— Campbell.
imitative.
These verses accurately resemble the gentle swell and
fall of the Bay of Naples. The swell of the median stress
Median Stress. 33 7
is singularly applicable to their delicious harmony. Full
Natural Quality.
" Yon deep bark goes
Where traffic blows
From lands of sun to lands of snows; —
This happier one,
Its course is run
From lands of snow to lands of sun.
** O happy ship,
To rise and dip,
With the blue chrystal at your lip !
O happy crew,
My heart with you
Sails, and sails, and sings anew!"
—"Drifting," Read.
EXHORTATION.
Expulsive Orotund Quality. Monotone and Wave.
"So live, that when thy summons comes to join
The innumerable caravan which moves
To that mysterious realm, where each shall take
His chamber in the silent halls of death,
Thou go not, like the quarry-slave at night,
Scourged to his dungeon, but, sustained and soothed
By an unfaltering trust, approach thy grave,
Like one who wraps the drapery of his couch
About him, and lies down to pleasant dreams."
— W. C. Bryant.
M. E.-29.
Chapter XXVIII.
Thorough Stress. Compound Stress. Loud Concrete.
Thorough Stress.
222. This stress is effected by carrying the radical full-
ness and force through the entire extent of the concrete or
wave. It may be exemplified by the rude, burly no of
ignorant indifference. Its expressive character in speech,
if continued as a current style, is that of coarse bravado
or blunt rudeness, bluff arrogance, bragging defiance, etc.
It has, then, no place in the elegant expression of speech,
though it may be used to occasionally distinguish some em-
phatic syllable that does not require the abruptness of the
radical, and yet will not, from its structure, permit any
form of stress requiring extension, as in the following lines:
"This knows my punisher, therefore, as far
From granting he, as I from begging peace."
Examples of Thorough Stress.
fierce command. — Aspirated Orotund. Impassioned Force.
Rapid Utterance.
"I conjure you, by that which you profess,
(Howe'er you come to know it,) answer me.
Though you untie the winds, and let them fight
Against the churches ; though the yesty waves
Confound and swallow navigation up ;
(338)
Thorough Stress. 339
Though bladed corn be lodged, and trees blown down ;
Though castles topple on their warders' heads;
Though palaces, and pyramids, do slope
Their heads to their foundations; though the treasure
Of nature's germins tumble all together,
Even till destruction sicken, answer me
To what I ask you."
— " Macbeth," Shakespeare.
Leave wringing of your hands. Peace ; sit you down,
And let me wring your heart ; for so I shall,
If it be made of penetrable stuff;
If damned custom have not brazed it so
That it be proof and bulwark against sense.
No, by the rooJ., not so.
You are the queen, your husband's brother's wife.
What wilt thou do? Thou wilt not murder me?
Help, help, ho!"
— "Hamlet," SHAKESPEARE.
denunciation and contempt. — Orotund Quality, changing
to Aspirated Guttural. Impassioned Force. Wide Intervals
and Unequal Waves.
"War! war! no peace! peace is to me a war.
O Lymoges! O Austria! thou dost shame
That bloody spoil. Thou slave, thou wretch, thou coward,
Thou little valiant, great in villainy !
Thou ever strong upon the stronger side !
Thou fortune's champion, that dost never fight
But when her humorous ladyship is by
To teach thee safety! thou art perjured, too,
And sooth'st up greatness. What a fool art thou,
A ramping fool; to brag, and stamp, and swear,
Upon my party ! Thou cold-blooded slave,
Hast thou not spoke like thunder on my side ?
Been sworn my soldier ? bidding me depend
34-0 Murdoch' s Elocution.
Upon thy stars, thy fortune, and thy strength ?
And dost thou now fall over to my foes?
Thou wear a lion's hide ! doff it for shame,
And hang a calf's skin on those recreant limbs."
— Shakespeare.
Compound Stress.
223. Compound stress is used only in cases of the high-
est intensification of feeling. It combines the force of
both the radical and of the final stress. Unlike the
other stresses (except the thorough), it has, obviously, no
lighter degrees, being always employed to express those
passionate emphases of vehement feeling or intense energy
to which the otrTer. forms are inadequate. It combines the
expressive characteristics of both the stresses which com-
pose it; owing to its extreme character, it is only an occa-
sional requisite in utterance. It would be employed on the
words marked in the following intensely energized shout of
encouraging command :
" Arm, warriors, arm for fight; the foe at hand,
Whom fled we thought, will save us long pursuit this day."
" Dratv archers, draw your arrows to the head."
It marks with great force the wide interval of violently
passionate interrogation, thus :
"Must /give way to your rash choler?
Must / be frighted, when a madman stares ? "
"Dost thou come here to whine, to outface me with leaping in
her grave? "
Loud Concrete. 34
The Loud Concrete.
224. The loud concrete has more breadth than the equa-
ble, and less abruptness than thorough stress. It may be
used to distinguish words in a current of lighter force, or
it may be used as a drift, in which case the effect is simply
that of speaking with sustained force.
In all forcible utterance, every syllable that is not
marked by some of the peculiar forms of stress described,
passes through the loud concrete. By its means, then,
whole phrases or sentences become forte.
Examples of the Loud Concrete.
"Lend, lend your wings! I mount, I fly!
O Grave ! where is thy victory ?
O Death ! where is thy sting ! "
Francois. — O ! my Lord !
Richelieu. — Thou art bleeding!
Francois. — A scratch — I have not fail 'df
For studies in expression on the Tremor see % 152.
Semitone.
" The beauty of Israel is slain upon thy high places : how are the
mighty fallen ! Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in the streets
of Askelon; lest the daughters of the Philistines rejoice, lest the
daughters of the uncircumcised triumph. Ye mountains of Gilboa,
let there be no dew, neither let there be rain, upon you, nor fields
of offerings : for there the shield of the mighty is vilely cast away, .
the shield of Saul, as though he had not been anointed with oil.
From the blood of the slain, from the fat of the mighty, the bow of
Jonathan turned not back, and the sword of Saul returned not
342 Murdoch ' s Elocution.
empty. Saul and Jonathan were lovely and pleasant in their lives,
and in death they were not divided. They were swifter than
eagles, they were stronger than lions. I am distressed for thee, my
brother Jonathan : very pleasant hast thou been unto me : thy love
to me was wonderful, passing the love of women. How are the
mighty fallen, and the weapons of war perished ! "
— The Bible.
Tremor,
exultant tremor.
"Be it said in letters both bold and bright:
Here is the steed that saved the day
By carrying Sheridan into the fight
From Winchester — twenty miles away."
—Read.
LAUGHING IRONY.
A fool, a fool! — I met a fool i' th' forest,
A motley fool ; — a miserable world ! —
As I do live by food, I met a fool;
Who laid him down, and bask'd him in the sun,
And rail'd on lady Fortune in good terms,
In good set terms, — and yet a motley fool.
1 Good morrow, fool,' quoth I; 'No, sir,' quoth he,
' Call me not fool, till heav'n hath sent me fortune ;
And then he drew a dial from his poke :
And looking on it with lack-lustre eye,
Says, very wisely, ' It is ten o'clock ;
Thus may we see,' quoth he, 'how the world wags
'T is but an hour ago, since it was nine ;
And after one hour more 'twill be eleven;
And so, from hour to hour, Ave ripe and ripe,
And then, from hour to hour, we rot and rot,
And thereby hangs a tale.' When I did hear
The motley fool thus moral on the time,
My lungs began to crow like chanticleer,
That fools should be so deep contemplative,
Tremor. 343
And I did laugh, sans intermission,
An hour by his dial. O noble fool !
A worthy fool! Motley's the only wear."
— "As You Like It," Shakespeare.
GRIEF, MIXED WITH PITY, ASSUMING A SMILE.
"Grief fills the room up of my absent child,
Lies in his bed, walks up and down with me ;
Puts on his pretty looks, repeats his words,
Remembers me of all his gracious parts ;
Stuffs out his vacant garments with his form,
Then, have I reason to be fond of grief."
— " King John," SHAKESPEARE.
LOVE COMPLAINING.
Ay, Proteus, but that life is alter'd now;
I have done penance for contemning love,
Whose high imperious thoughts have punish'd me
With bitter fasts, with penitential groans,
With nightly tears, and daily heart-sore sighs :
For in revenge of my contempt of love,
Love hath chas'd sleep from my enthralled eyes,
And made them watchers of mine own heart's sorrow.
O gentle Proteus, love 's a mighty lord ;
And hath so humbled me, as, I confess,
There is no woe to his correction ;
Nor, to his service, any joy on earth ;
Now, no discourse except it be of love ;
Now can I break my fast, dine, sup, and sleep,
Upon the very simple name of love."
— " Two Gentlemen of Verona" Shakespeare.
"Stay, lady — stay, for mercy's sake,
And hear a helpless orphan's tale;
Ah ! sure my looks must pity wake —
'Tis want that makes my cheek so pale!
344 Murdoch's Elocution.
Yet I was once a mother's pride,
And my brave father's hope and joy:
But in the Nile's proud right he died —
And I am now an orphan boy.
" Poor, foolish child ; how pleased was I,
When news of Nelson's victory came,
Along the crowded streets to fly,
To see the lighted windows flame !
To force me home my mother sought —
She could not bear to see my joy!
For with my father's life 'twas bought —
And made me a poor orphan boy."
The tremor is heard in the complaint caused by extreme
pain.
"Search there; nay, probe me; search my wounded veins —
Pull, draw it out —
Oh, I am shot ! A forked burning arrow
Sticks across my shoulders : the sad venom flies
Like light'ning through my flesh, my blood, my marrow.
Ha ! what a change of torments I endure !
A bolt of ice runs hissing through my bowels :
'Tis, sure, the arm of death; give me a chair;
Cover me for I freeze, and my teeth chatter,
And my knees knock together."
— "Alexander" Lee.
Pathetic and subdued emotion requires pure tone, abated
force, slow movement, plaintive semitonic wave, down-
ward slide, median stress.
"And Ardennes waves above them her green leaves,
Dewy with nature's tear-drops, as they pass,
Grieving, if aught inanimate e'er grieves,
Over the unreturning brave, — alas !
Ere evening, to be trodden, like the grass,
Which now beneath them, but above shall grow
Tremor. 345
In its next verdure, when this fiery mass
Of living valor, rolling on the foe,
And burning with high hope, shall moulder cold and low."
—"Battle of Waterloo," Byron.
The tremor of merriment is heard in Gratiano's words,
when he tries to rouse Antonio from his melancholy:
" Let me play the Fool :
With mirth and laughter let old wrinkles come;
And let my liver rather heat with wine,
Than my heart cool with mortifying groans.
Why should a man, whose blood is warm within,
Sit like his grandsire cut in alabaster?
Sleep when he wakes? and creep into the jaundice
By being peevish? I tell thee what, Antonio,
I love thee, and it is my love that speaks ;
There are a sort of men, whose visages
Do cream and mantle like a standing pond;
And do a willful stillness entertain,
With purpose to be dress'd in an opinion
Of wisdom, gravity, profound conceit;
As who shall sry, / am Sir Oracle,
And when I ope my lips, let no dog bark!
I'll tell thee more of this another time;
But fish not, with this melancholy bait,
For this fool's gudgeon, this opinion.
Come, good Lorenzo: Fare ye well, a while;
I'll end my exhortation after dinner."
— «' Merchant of Venice," Shakespeare.
" Last, came Joy's ecstatic trial ;
He, with viny crown, advancing,
First, to the lively pipe, his hand addressed ;
But, soon, he saw the brisk, awakening, viol ;
Whose sweet, entrancing voice he loved the best.
They would have thought, who heard the strain,
They saw, in Tempe's vale, her native maids,
Amidst the festal-sounding shades,
346 Murdoch } s Elocution.
To some unwearied minstrel dancing ;
While, as his flying fingers kissed the strings,
Love framed with Mirth a gay, fantastic round :
(Loose were her tresses seen, her zone unbound;)
And he, amidst his frolic play, —
As if he would the charming air repay, —
Shook thousand odors from his dewy wings."
— "Ode to the Passions" Collins.
Concluding Remarks on Stress.
225. In our detailed study of the stresses, it has been
shown that no one form should ever prevail as an exclu-
sive mode of emphasis or drift during any continuation of
the current of speech. Though one particular stress may
give the general color or expressive character to the lan-
guage, there will still be a constantly intermingling em-
ployment of the other forms, determined not only by the
peculiar expression to be conveyed by the individual words
to be distinguished, but also by their syllabic structure. In
this way, life and meaning are imparted to language with
the true variety of nature. Thus, in the following line of
poetry coming under the intermediate or admirative form
of expression :
"Roll on, thou deep and dark blue ocean — roll!"
Many of the quantities are long, and in accordance with
the sentiment would take the gentle median swell; but
there are two important syllables in the sentence, deep and
dark, which, owing to their peculiar structure, would re-
ceive their expressive color much more naturally from final
pressure and light radical stress respectively. To enforce
either of these words, however, with a forcible degree of
either of the stresses named, would be inappropriate to
Stress. 347
the expression of the tranquil grandeur of the language,
but the use of the light forms named does not mar the
unity of effects, while it relieves the utterance of the mo-
notony which would arise from an unvarying use of one
element of effect.
The preceding furnishes an example of variation where
there is a prevailing drift. But the same principle holds,
only more strongly, in varying the employment of stress in
the strong emphases of more energetic or passionative lan-
guage; the various forms intermingling according to the
peculiar character of the syllabic structure, and the indi-
vidual expression of the words to be distinguished. Thus,
in the following line of King Lear's frenzied apostrophe to
to the elements :
" Blow, wind, and crack your cheeks! rage! dlozu!"
There is provision in the form of the syllables for every
form of forcible stress. For example, the first emphatic
syllable, blow, may take compound stress on an extended
wave ; crack, strong radical ; cheeks, final or radical ; rage,
final with continued wave; and the last blow, swelling
median with tremor on extended wave. Another example
from Shakespeare furnishes a similar instance of language
admitting, from its syllabic structure, of this beautiful
variety in the enforcement of its emphasis:
" My bounty is as boundless as the sea,
My love as deep; the more I give to thee,
The more I have, for both are infinite.''''
This is the language of eager love, earnest but not vio-
lent. Boundless may be distinguished by the median swell
(with tremor), and deep by final stress; give may receive
moderate radical stress; have, final; and infinite, the full
swell of median with tremor.
348 Murdoch's Elocution.
The preceding examples will serve to illustrate the great
variety of expression that may be given to language by a
practical knowledge of stress. The varied employment of
the different forms and degrees of stress constitutes the
effect of light and shade in the artistic coloring of speech.
As the painter, by constant study and practice, learns to
blend his colors, shade, and tone, thus heightening his
effects, so must the student of elocution, by persistent
effort, master the mechanical use of the voice, and grad-
ually learn to throw feeling into words, until they stand out
in bold relief as the expositors of thought, sentiment, and
passion.
The ability to grasp and apply his knowledge of stress
probably requires the exercise of greater intelligence, upon
the part of the student, than any other principle in the
theory of elocution.
Chapter XXIX.
Time : Quantity and Movement.
226. Time, as a property of the voice, is the measure or
duration of its sound.
The study of time comprehends quantity, or the duration
of individual syllables, which may be long or short.
Movement, or time in its relation to syllables in succes-
sion, as they constitute a quick or slow utterance.
Pause, or the time the voice is suspended between the
several parts of discourse, in accordance with both the
sense of the language to be uttered and the organic neces-
sities of the speaker.
Rhythm, or the division of speech into measures of equal
extent, regulated by the pulsation and remission, or action
and reaction of the organs.
Quantity.
227. The term quantity, when not qualified by the words
short or immutable, is usually employed as signifying long
quantity or extension of the syllabic sounds.
The study of quantity has been necessarily connected
with many of our preceding studies in quality, intonation,
stress, etc., for it is not possible to give deliberate, digni-
fied, or elaborate expression to language, nor to employ the
most agreeable forms of emphatic distinction, without a
command over syllabic quantity.
(349)
350 Murdoch's Elocution.
It is the element of dignity and grace, as radical stress is
that of force and brilliancy. Quantity and radical stress,
then, are the two great articles of speech; but the former
is one of the attributes least exercised in colloquial utter-
ance, which, in its ordinary rapidity, clips short the time
of. all syllables indiscriminately.
As it is one of the elements least understood, it is the
one which receives the least attention in ordinary instruc-
tion; although it constitutes one of the highest beauties in
our tongue, and is an absolute essential of a fine delivery.
No mere ictus or point of sound can be tunable, whereas
quantity gives ample territory, as it were, for the display
of agreeable qualities.
Without quantity in syllables, we could have no graceful
sweep of the wave, and none of the beauty and grandeur
of the median swell.
228. Our language is so constructed, with its numbers
of indefinite syllables, as to allow of all the beautiful move-
ments that attend extension of tunable and expressive
sound.
Long quantity is, therefore, the natural sign, as ex-
pressed in the waves, the median stress, and the slow con-
cretes of the direct intervals, in the mental states of sol-
emnity, reverential awe, grandeur, veneration, fervent or
earnest prayer, solemn denunciation or warning, deep pathos,
ardent admiration, etc., — in short, all states implying the
deliberation of elevated emotions. The language of such
emotions artistically uttered in conformity with the laws of
speech already explained, has an agreeable fullness and
flowing smoothness akin to music itself, and is, at the same
time, entirely free from the objectionable chant or mouthing
arising from a confounding of the characteristics of speech
and song.
229. Immutable syllables, not admitting of extension, are
the proper vehicles for the abrupt explosion of the radical
Time. 3 5 1
stress; and, therefore, best adapted to this form of em-
phasis.
The mutable quantities afford excellent material, from
their peculiar compact form, together with a capacity for
some extension, for the»peculiar emphasis of some of the
strongest forms of stress, as the thorough, final, and loud
concrete.
Movement.
230. The long or indefinite syllables of language are
not always absolutely longer than those limited by their
structure to a short utterance, for they may be spoken long
or short at will. Any continued succession of syllables,
uttered with long or short quantities, necessarily either
retards or quickens the rate of utterance. A current of
language thus marked is said to have quick or slow time
or movement.
231. Pauses also aid in producing either rapid or slow
movement, their length being always proportionate to the
syllabic quantities. They are, therefore, always short in
rapid, and long in slow movement.
A medium rate of utterance indicates an equable flow
of thought neither rapid nor sluggish, not exhibiting haste,
nor expressing deliberation, but calm and unexcited. From
such a starting-point spring the extremes of rapidity and
slowness.
The graceful movements of the courtly minuet, or the
solemn dirge of the funeral, are in common with long
quantities, slow movement, moderate intonation, and low
pitch; while the gleeful skip of the joyful dance, or the
cheerful tone of the marriage-bell, are associated with
short quantities, brisk movement, varied melody, and high
pitch. Haste, anger, vehemence, irritability, and eager
argument also affect a rapid movement, varied intonations,
352 Murdoch's Elocution.
and high pitch. Parenthetic phrases also assume a com-
paratively quickened rate.
The following impressive passage from Young furnishes
a striking instance of the expressive power of long quanti-
ties and slow rate of utterance. The poet represents him-
self as wrapt in profoundest thought, in the darkness and
hush of midnight, meditating on the vast and awful themes
of death and immortality :
"Night, sable goddess, from her ebon throne,
In rayless majesty now stretches forth
Her leaden sceptre o'er a slumbering world.
Silence how dead, and darkness how profound,
Nor eye, nor listening ear an object finds.
Creation sleeps. 'Tis as the general pulse
Of life stood still, and nature made a pause —
An awful pause, — prophetic of her end."
Take, on the other hand, an example of the opposite
moods of thought and feeling, in which the heart is
attuned to the voice of mirth and gladness, and dances in
joyous sympathy to the music of the poet's verse, as in
ecstatic mood he sings of the sunshine holiday, when
young and old come forth to play :
"Haste thee, nymph, and bring with thee
Jest, and youthful jollity,
Quips, and cranks, and wanton wiles,
Nods, and becks, and wreathed smiles,
Such as hang on Hebe's cheek,
And love to dwell in dimple sleek;
Come, and trip it as ye go,
On the light fantastic toe."
The expressive effect of this language depends, it is ob-
vious, as much on the briskness and velocity of movement
in its utterance, as on the other primary elements of
brilliant quality and high pitch.
Time. 353
232. As we continue our analysis of the effect of time,
as a principal source of poetic inspiration in utterance, we
shall perceive that the almost funereal solemnity of the
passage first quoted, and the dancing gayety of the last,
depend largely on the meter or measure adopted in each
case, the language in the first case moving with a slow and
solemn tread, and in the second with a quickened, tripping
step.
In the slow movements of a drift or current of language
indicative of simply an elevated dignity or moderately de-
liberate grandeur of feeling, the quantities are extended on
the equable concrete of the plain second, and on the direct
and inverted wave of this interval on all extendible quanti-
ties, as explained in our study of waves of the second.
The notations there given of the passage from Milton, to-
gether with the comments upon it, will illustrate the value
of quantity in elevated speech, and of the dignified
grandeur of this element when associated with the diatonic
melody and frequent phrases of the monotone.
Should such language become more strongly admirative
or adoring, its quantities would be occasionally extended
on the stronger emphases, through the rising or falling slow
concretes of the third or fifth, or through the waves of
these intervals. Long quantities thus employed, together
with the fullness of the orotund quality, the median swell,
and occasional tremor, produce the highest vocal expres-
sion of admiring and adoring man.
It has been stated that the immutable and unaccented
syllables of a current of language always pass through the
rapid concrete, yet, when the style becomes impressively
deliberate there should be an extension of the time of even
the rapid concrete of the unaccented syllables sufficient to
preserve the relative proportions between these and the un-
usual extension of the accented syllables, and thus to give
a unity to the vocal current.
'M. E.-30.
354 Murdoch's Elocution.
Individual emphases of quantity may also be given
where the general current is not slow. This occurs usually
in the impassioned use of the wider waves, as in the fol-
lowing violent language of Hamlet to Laertes, — in which,
although the general movement is rapid, the word "mill-
ions" is given its most effectual emphasis by the use of an
extended wave of the wider interval on the indefinite
quantity of its first syllable :
"And if thou prate of mountains, let them throw
Millions of acres on us, till our ground,
Singeing his pate against the burning zone,
Make Ossa like a wart."
Short syllabic quantity may also be employed as a strong
emphasis in a current not rapid, as in Macbeth's words of
remorse :
"I had most need of blessing,
But amen stuck in my throat."
Examples of Quantity.
long quantities in slow movement.
"Thou art, and wert, and shalt be! Glorious!
Light-giving, life-sustaining Potentate."
' Beneath those rugged elms, that yew tree's shade,
VJh.zxeJieaves the turf in many a mouldering heap."
" Calm on its leaf-strezvn bier
Unlike a gift of Nature to Decay.' 1 ''
Sailing away, losing the breath of the shores in May"
"And the gray gulls wheel."
" Calmness sits throned on yon unmoz'ing cloud."
Time. 355
" Blessed is the soul that listeneth to the voice of the /.on/, and
from his man lips heareth the words of consolation."
"And the widows of Ashur are loud in their waff"
"I am, O God, and surely Thou must be!"
" Thou! whose balance does the mountains weighs
Whose will the wild tumultuous seas obey,
Whose breath can turn those watery worlds to flame,
That Jla me to tempest, and that tempest tame.'' 1
'■'■Hail, holy love! thou word that sums all bliss."
"God of my fathers! holy, just, and good!
My God! my father! my unfailing hope!"
" Skirr the country round."
SHORT QUANTITIES, RAPID MOVEMENT.
"Fib, and Tib, and Pinck, and Pin,
Tick, and Quick, and Jill, and yz»,
7>7, and Nit, and Jffl/, and Win,
The train that w, )io was born blind'''' (subordinate).
A Phrase is a group of several words not making com-
plete sense when uttered alone, but used to modify some
other part of the sentence; as,
"Truth will at last prevail."
Sentences may be simple, complex, or compound. A simple
sentence consists of a nominative and verb, either of which
may be simple or modified by words or phrases ; as,
"Alexander wept." Or,
"Alexander wept for the fate of Darius." Or,
"The great Alexander wept for the fate of Darius."
A complex sentence consists of one principal proposition,
some part or parts of which are modified by a dependent
clause or clauses; as,
''God, who is great, rules the universe."
A compound sentence is composed of two or more sen-
tences or members of equal rank ; as,
"Industry is the guardian of innocence, and adversity is the
school of piety."
The members of a compound sentence may be individu-
ally simple, complex, or compound. The following is an
instance where each member is compound :
"The ox knoweth his owner, and the ass his master's crib; but
Israel doth not know, my people do not consider."
Compound sentences are further divided into the period
or compact sentence, and the loose sentence :
A Period is composed of two or more simple sentences
or members, each of which, independent of the other,
does not form complete sense ; or if they do, the latter
366 Murdoch' s Elocution.
modifies the former, or inversely, the connection in all
cases between the parts being very close.
(a) A Direct Period is that in which the first member is
dependent for sense upon the latter, or in which the sense
is not completely formed until the close :
"Though many things exceed the capacity of our wits, yet they
are believed."
(b) The Limited Period is that form of compact sentence
in which, although the first part forms sense alone, it is
nevertheless modified by the second, and does not, there-
fore, form complete sense until the close :
"Many things are believed, though they exceed the capacity of
our wits."
A Loose Sentence contains several members, the first
one or more of which form complete sense without being
modified by the latter, which usually adds some reflection,
illustration, remark, or example :
"Persons of good taste expect to be pleased at the same time
they are informed ; and think that the best sense always deserves
the best language."
With reference to the principal division of compound
sentences, when read simply to develop the sense, we
have the following rules :
235. Rule I. — hi every Direct period the principal pause
comes at that part where the sense begins to form, or the ex-
pectation excited by the first member begins to be answered.
"Though he slay me, || yet will I trust in him."
Rule II. — The prificipal pause of an inverted period should
be placed at that part where the latter member begins to modify
the former. Thus :
Pauses. 367
"Every man that speaks and reasons, is a grammarian and a
logician, || though he may be utterly unacquainted with the rules
of grammar and logic."
Rule III. — A Loose Sentence requires a longer pause between
its first member {usually a period direct or inverted) and the
additional member which does not modify it.
"Persons of good taste expect to be pleased | at the same time
they are informed ; || and think that the best sense always deserves
the best language."
Subordinate pauses divide the subordinate members of
compound sentences, or the parts of a simple or complex
sentence.
Pauses aid in conveying the ideas in a sentence by sepa-
rating such as are related, and by uniting those that are
closely associated in sense. In order to determine the
several degrees of union between words, so as to be able
to divide them in accordance with this principle, we must
consider the following : all the words of a simple or com-
plex sentence may be divided into two general classes —
those that modify and those that are modified.
The words which we may consider as modified by all
others are the nominative and its verb. The modifiers
are, however, themselves modified by other words, and
thus the words of a sentence become divisible by pauses
into superior and subordinate classes, each being composed
of words more closely united among themselves than the
several classes are with each other.
To illustrate : the substantive and verb, with their modi-
fiers, as the two principal classes of every sentence, admit
most readily of a pause between them. While the modi-
fiers of these words are divided into subordinate classes,
separable by pauses from the words they modify, and from
each other, according as they possess modifiers of their
368 Murdoch's Elocution,
own, to which they are more closely united than to the
superior words they themselves immediately modify. The
same principle holds in modifiers of the third degree.
The places, then, for pausing, in every sentence, are very
numerous, increasing always with the complexity of the
sentence. With this in view, the following rules will be
better understood and applied :
236. Rule I. — When the nominative of a sentence consists
of more than one word, or of one important or emphatic wo?'d,
it should have a pause after it. ,}
" The great and invincible Alexander | wept for the fate of
Darius."
"The fashion of this world | passeth away. To be virtuous | is
to be happy."
" Vice I is a monster of so frightful mein,
As, to be hated, needs but to be seen."
"Self-love I forsook the path it first pursued,
And formed the public in the private good."
"Weeping | may endure for a night; but joy | cometh in the
morning."
"Our schemes of thought in childhood | are lost in those of
youth."
" Hatred and anger | are the greatest poison to the mind."
Rule II. — Where the adjective follows the substa?itive or
noun it modifies, and has modifiers of its own, constituting a
descriptive phrase, it should be separated from its noun by a
short pause.
" He was a man | learned and polite."
"It was a calculation | accurate to the last degree."
Pauses. 369
" It was a sight | wonderful to behold."
"He possesses a style | grand in its simplicity."
Rule III. — A noun which has modifiers, a?id stands in
apposition with a noun preceding, whether single or modified,
must be separated from the latter by a short pause.
"Lincoln, | President of the United States."
"George, | King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland."
"Paul, j the apostle of the Gentiles."
" Your house is finished, sir, at last,
A narrower house, | a house of clay."
" When first thy sire to send on earth,
Virtue, | his darling child, designed —
To thee he gave the heavenly birth,
And bade thee form her infant mind."
If the nouns in apposition are single, no pause is re-
quired. Thus : President Lincoln. The Apostle Paul.
King George.
Rule IV. — (1) If an adverb is modified, constituting an
adverbial phrase, it should be separated by a pause, both from
its verb and from what follows.
" He owed his success | in great measure | to the exertions of his
friends."
"Then must you speak
Of one who loved | not wisely, | but too well."
(2) If a single adverb follows the verb it modifies, it must
be separated from what follows by a pause.
"He did not act wisely, | and, therefore, has much to regret."
3 jo Murdoch's Elocution.
Rule V. — (i) A phrase or clause intervening between t/ie
nominative and verb, is of the nature of a parenthesis, and
must be separated from both by a pause.
"When the Romans and Sabines were at war, and upon the point
of battle, the women, | who were allied to both, | interposed with
so many entreaties that they prevented the mutual slaughter."
"Joseph, 1 who happened to be in the field at the time, | saw
the carriage approach, and, | in an ecstasy of delight, | hastened to
meet it."
(2) Similarly, a phrase or clause coming between an active
verb and its object is separated from both by a pause.
"I saw, I standing beside me, j a form of diviner features, and a
more benign radiance."
"Thou knowest, j come what may, | that the light of truth can
never be put out."
(3) A phrase or clause coining between a verb and its
auxiliary, must also be separated from both by a pause.
"This will, I I fear, | affect his happiness. It must, | of neces-
sity, [ have alarmed him."
"It will, I I think, | interfere seriously with his plans."
Rule VI. — Nouns in the case absolute or independent are
divided from what folloivs by a short pause.
"Death, j great proprietor of all, 'tis thine
To tread out empires, and to quench the stars."
" If a man borrow aught of his neighbor, and it be hurt or die, |
the owner thereof not being with it, | he shall surely make it good."
Pauses, 371
Rule VII. — A short pause always takes place at an ellipsis
or omission of words. There is no rule for pausing more
universal than this, — the pause seeming to take the place of
the words left out.
"The vain man takes praise for honor; the proud man, | cere-
mony for respect; the ambitious man, | power for glory."
"To err is human; to forgive, | divine."
"Add to your faith virtue; and to virtue, | knowledge; and to
knowledge, | temperance; and to temperance, | patience."
"Homer was the greater genius; Virgil, | the better artist."
The following specific rules are referable to the general
rules of ellipsis just given.
(1) If several subjects belong in the same manner to otie verb,
or several verbs in the same manner to one subject, every one
of the subjects or verbs should take a short pause.
" Riches, | pleasure, | and health | become evils to those who do
not know how to use them."
" My I hopes, | fears, | joys, | pains, | all center in you."
" He went into the cavern, | found the instruments, | hewed down
the trees, and, in one day, | put the vessels in a condition for sailing."
(2) Similarly, if there are several adjectives belo?iging in the
same manner to one substantive, the latter is to be considered
as in every case but one omitted, since every adjective must have
its own noun.
A short pause, therefore, should come after each adjec-
tive but the last, when they precede a noun, and when
they follow it, they should be separated from the noun
and from each other.
37 2 Murdochs Elocution.
"A good, | wise, | learned man is an ornament to the common-
wealth."
A man, | wise, | learned, | and good, is an ornament to the com-
monwealth."
The same principle of pausing holds where several sub-
stantives belong in the same manner to one adjective.
(3) If several adverbs belong in the same manner to one
verb, each adverb may be considered as having its own verb
omitted, arid therefore demands a pause.
Where they precede the verb, each takes a pause after
it except the last; if they follow, a pause must succeed
the verb and every adverb.
"To love I wisely, | rationally, | and prudently | is, in the opinion
of lovers, not to love at all."
Wisely, | rationally, | and prudently to love, is, in the opinion of
lovers, not to love at all."
The same principle obtains in the case of several verbs
having but one adverb.
Rule VIII. — The relative pronouns who, which, and that
(when in the nominative case), conjunctive adverbs, conjunc-
tions, prepositions, and all parts of speech used for transition
and connection, generally require, and always admit of, a short
pause before them.
" A man can never be obliged to submit to any power, unless he
can be satisfied | who is the person | who has a right to exercise it."
"You'll rue the time | that clogs me with this answer."
"He continued steadfast | while others wavered."
" It was the owl that shriek'd, the fatal bellman, |
Which gives the stern'st good-night."
Pauses. 373
"Death is the season | which brings our affections to the test."
"'Tis now the very witching time of night, |
When churchyards yawn."
"This is the spot | where he ib wont to walk."
"I will not let thee go | except thou bless me."
"This let him know, |
Lest, willfully transgressing, he pretend surprisal."
"I wrote | because it amused me; I published | because I was
told it would please."
"It is more blessed to give | than to receive."
Prepositions and conjunctions are always more closely
united with the words they precede than those they follow.
From the preceding rules, the student will perceive how
few are the grammatical connections which absolutely re-
fuse a suspension of vocality for the sake of taking breath.
The only words, indeed, which seem too intimately con-
nected to admit a pause between them are the article and
substantive, the substantive and adjective in their natural
order, and the preposition and the noun it governs.
I have introduced the old rhetorical rules for pausing
in full, because in teaching reading, of late, the subject
has been much neglected. Audible punctuation demands
a greater number of pauses than are used in writing, for
the reason that the voice of the reader takes the place of
the written page to the hearer; hence, audible pausing is
as necessary to a clear understanding of a subject as the
punctuation marks which aid the eye.
The reader who observes the rules of pausing where the
sense permits, and utilizes these pauses to renew his breath,
will never be compelled to break in upon the sense, and,
therefore, weaken or obscure it.
374 Murdoch's Elocution.
The length of pauses is only relative j the following
marks distinguish four comparative degrees of duration :
Longest (|| ||); long (||); short ( | ); shortest ( ' ).
Pauses of Emotion.
237. The pauses of emotion or of emphasis, as the term
indicates, depend upon the expression which is to be given
language, and are not determined by the grammatical
form, though sometimes coincident with the ordinary divi-
sions of sense.
We have seen that in the pauses of sense there is a cer-
tain relative proportion as to the length; with the pauses
of emotion this is not the case. A pause of some length
is often used, either immediately before or after some word
or phrase of peculiar importance, on which we wish to fix
the attention of the hearer.
The pause before awakens curiosity or expectation; and
the pause after refers the mind back to, or holds it upon,
the last utterance. This may be called the emphatic pause.
It produces a most striking effect, but, like all other strong
emphasis, should not be used unless justified by the im-
portance of the case.
"And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three; but the
greatest of these is | charity."
"And Nathan said unto David, Thou | art the man."
" He v/oke | to die! "
"But hush! I hark! | a deep sound strikes like a rising knell."
"Socrates died like a philosopher, but Jesus Christ like a | God,"
(or I like a God).
"As long as an armed foe remained in my country, I would
never lay down my arms; no; never, || never, || || never."
Pauses. 375
In all intensely impassioned language expressive of that
labor of the mind which seems to choke and retard utter-
ance, as in strong and suppressed grief, rage, etc., frequent
pauses occur, arising from the necessity of deep inhalation
and consequent expansion, to refill the lungs after the air
has been driven from them. The necessary effort must be
perceptible, and is an aid in natural expression.
The mental suffering causes a loss of the holding power,
and we speak in the exhausting breath when only two or
three words can be uttered in one expiration, and these
remarkable inhaling pauses produce Broken Melody. We
have an example of this in the language of Eve imploring
Adam's forgiveness, as found in "Paradise Lost:'''
"On me | exercise not
Thy hatred | for this misery befallen,
On me | already lost, || me than thyself
More miserable! || || both | have sinned, || but thou |
Against God | only, I || against God | and thee ; j|
And to the place of judgment 1 will return, ||
There | with my cries 1 importune Heaven, that all
The sentence | from thy head removed, may light
On me, |i sole cause 1 to thee | of all this woe, ||
Me, || me only, ||just object of His ire !"
238. The sudden transitions from one state of feeling to
another, which mark almost all passionative language, are
in most all cases preceded by a pause. In all language,
the pauses correspond in length with the character of the
movement. When the movement is slow, as in awe, deep
grief, solemnity, etc., the pauses are long; while in lan-
guage of hasty passion or eager impatience, etc., or in gay
and bright emotions, where the movement is rapid, the
pauses are correspondingly short.
Considering pauses from another point of view, they
may be regarded as almost universally the result of empha-
sis (and in some cases of accent) for every emphatic or
3 7 6 Murdoch's Elocution.
strongly accented word is a sort of central point or nu-
cleus, around which others less impressive, and intimately-
related in sense, naturally cluster, the whole forming a
group between pauses, unless several equally strong empha-
ses succeed each other, when the words stand alone be-
tween pauses.
Sentences, then, whether simple, complex, compact, or
loose, are composed of a number of words, which accents
or emphases tie together, as it were, into groups resembling
long words, to be marked off by a pause of greater or less
extent. These have been termed oratorical portions or
"oratorical words." They have been also called "em-
phasis words." The following marked passages will illus-
trate the division of sentences on this principle — the italics
indicate the emphasis :
" Alexander — at — a — feast surrounded — by — flatterers
heated — with — wine overcome — by — rage led — by — a
concu-bine is — a — forcible — example that — the — conqueror — of — king-
doms may — have — neglected the — conquest — of — himself.''''
" Is — it — not — monstrous, that — this— player — here,
But— in — v.— fiction, in — a — dream — of — passion,
Could — force — his — soul so — to — his — own — conceit.'''
"If — it — were — done, when — % tis — done, then — 'twere well —
'T were — done quickly: If — the— assassination
Could trammel— up — the — consequence, and — catch, —
With — his — surcease — success. ' '
Correct grouping, which is effected by pausing, may be
called the articulation of sentences. In the language of crit-
icism, in the present day, it is not an uncommon thing to
hear it spoken of as distinct articulation.
Exercises in Pausing.
"He gave' to misery j all 1 he had — || a tear,
He gain'd | from Heaven — |J 'twas all he wish'd — 1| a friend."
Pauses. 2)77
"'Tis hard to part j when friends are dear, |
Perhaps | 'twill cost a sigh, || a tear;
Then steal away, || give little warning, ||
Choose thine own time; ||
Say not | good night; |j but in that happier clime |
Bid me | good morning."
"Thy shores | are empires | changed | in all | save thee —
Assyria, j| Greece, || Rome, || Carthage, || what are they ? "
" Dark heaving, || boundless, || endless, || and sublime."
"The war is inevitable || — and let it come! || || I repeat it, || sir, ||
let it || come."
"If thou be 'st he | — but O, || how fallen! || how changed! " ||
"Here lies the great, — | false marble! || Where? || |
Nothing || but sordid dust || lies j there."
"And his family ! — | but he is gone; || that noble heart || beats |
no more." ||
"This world, | 'tis true,
Was made | for Caesar — || but for Titus || too."
"Her neck is bared — | the blow is struck — || the soul is passed
away ! || |l
The bright — || the beautiful |j is now || || a bleeding piece of clay ! "
"But come, | thou goddess, | fair 1 and free, |
In heav'n | yclep'd | Euphrosyne, |
And of men | heart-easing Mirth; |
Whom | lovely Venus | at a birth, |
With | two sister graces | more, [
To ivy-crowned Bacchus | bore."
" Hop, | and Mop, | and Drap so clear, |
Pip, | and Trip, | and Skip, | that were j
To Mab | their sovereign dear, — |
Her special maids | of honor."
Chapter XXXI.
Rhythmus or Measure of Speech.
239. All speech is composed of a succession of heavy
and light sounds, or accented and unaccented syllables,
produced by the alternate action and reaction of the
larynx, this organ being subject to the law of pulsation and
remission common to all muscular effort.
From this peculiarity in the construction of language, it
may be divided into rhythmical or accentual measures, as
in music, containing a heavy and a light portion of sound,
and being of about equal time value.
Taking the mark (/\) to represent the heavy or ac-
cented sounds, and the mark (.'. ) the light or unaccented,
and the bars ( | | ), as in music, to distinguish and sepa-
rate one measure from another to the eye, the pulsation
and remission of the voice producing a measure may be
illustrated as follows :
Spirit I spirited | spiritual | spiritually.
A .-. A .-. .-. A .-. .-. .-. A
The pulsative act never occurs upon more than one sylla-
ble of a measure, because if two or more consecutive sylla-
bles are accented, or uttered with the pulsative action of
the organ, there will unavoidably be either a remissive
action at the termination, or a pause corresponding with
the remission, by which the organs recover themselves
after pulsation. Thus, if the word hunt be uttered twice
under accent there will be a perceptible hiatus between
them corresponding to the remiss action, which pause or
(378)
Measure of Speech, 379
rest, with the pulsative action on hunt, would constitute the
time of a full measure. The repetition of the word occu-
pies the same time as | hunter | hunt.
a .-. a .-.
The unaccented portion of a measure may, however, be
divided among as many as four syllables, as illustrated in
the word spiritually, already marked, this word occupying
no greater length of time for the utterance than the shorter
word, spirit, each filling a measure, or defining the simple
action and reaction of the organs.
A single syllable of quantity may constitute a measure,
for it may be extended over the time of a full measure, its
radical constituting the pulsative and heavy portion, and
the vanish the unaccented or light. Thus, the word Hail!
uttered with extended time, admits of the pulsation and re-
mission of the voice as clearly as if it consisted of two
written syllables, thus : | Hail ! |
A .-.
240. A Perfect Measure of speech may consist, then, of
one syllable or of any number, not exceeding five, uttered
by a pulsative and remiss action of the voice.
An Imperfect Measure consists of one in which either the
accented or unaccented portion of the measure is wanting.
The silence is represented in the marking by the following
symbol (7). which indicates the rest of the voice. Thus:
I In- J comparable | / at- | tack /
An Immutable Syllable, such as tack, is incapable of fill-
ing a measure having no extent of vanish upon which the
remiss action may take place.
241. Altogether, there are five kinds of measure which
enter into language :
1. The Emphatic Measure, which consists of one syllable,
uttered with long quantity, as : | Roll | on. |
a .-. A .-.
380 Murdoch's Elocution.
2. The Common Measure, which consists of two syllables,
as:
Spirit I water | nature.
a .-. a .-. a .-.
3. The Triple Measure, which consists of three syllables,
the remissive portion of the measure being divided be-
tween two, as :
Spirited j comedy | natural.
a .-. .-. a .-. .-. a .-. .-.
4. The Quadruple Measure, consisting of four syllables,
the remissive action being divided between three of them,
as :
Spiritual | comfortable | naturally.
a .-. .-. .-. a .-. .-. .-. a .-. .-. .-.
5. The Accelerated Measure, which consists of five sylla-
bles, four being apportioned to the unaccented portion of
the measure. It is called the base foot, and contains the
greatest number of syllables admissable to one pulsative
and remiss effort of the organs; it is not, except in the
rapidity of colloquial utterance, much employed:
Spiritually | voluntarily
a .-. .-. .-. .-. a .-. .-. .-. .-.
If the I soul I ^ be I happily dis- | posed *Jf | everything
becomes | capable of af- | fording enter- | tainment.
a .-. .-. .-. .-. a .-. .-. .-. A
Such a measure necessitates extreme acceleration or ra-
pidity in its utterance, and would, therefore, in a more dig-
nified reading, be broken up into two measures ; thus,
Capable | *j of af- | fording.
Measure of Speech. 381
Shakespeare and Milton, the poets most distinguished for
the happy mechanism of their verse, never employed more
than four syllables in a measure. The common and triple
measure predominates in all poetry. Prose embraces all
kinds in its less regulated utterances.
242. In the study of this subject, it must be remembered
that there are not only syllables, but many words, in sen-
tences, that are unaccented, and such words belong to the
remiss portions of the different speech measures.
In the sentence, "Truth is the basis of excellence," the
words truth, basis, and excellence have accented syllables.
The other words have no accents. The latter must, there-
fore, be, as it were, "hooked on" to the more prominent
words in the different measures of speech in such a man-
ner that they may be pronounced during the remiss action
of the voice. They will thus neither receive an undue sig-
nificance, nor interfere with the general flow of utterance
during the sentence.
Words, independently of each other, convey but one,
certain, limited meaning. By uniting them together, these
significations are either restrained or enlarged. In this
unison, the most significant words adopt the accent, whilst
the others are slurred over as unaccented syllables of the
same word. The whole is known as an oratorical word,
and it is either comprised within one measure, or is broken
up in such a manner as to form imperfect measures.
There are also certain parts of speech that are naturally
slurred over in discourse to give prominence to more im-
portant words; as, articles, conjunctions, prepositions, auxil-
iaries, relatives, unimportant pronouns, the verb to be, and
sometimes the adjective. Connected discourse throws the ac-
cent upon words of more significance, to which these become
united as modifying syllables. They are then pronounced
during the remiss action of vocal organs, and belong to
the unaccented portion of the different speech measures.
382 Miwdocti s Elocution.
If I say, Water — boy — in — fish — saw — a — the, as though
I were reading the words from a vocabulary, each word
will have the same accentual importance, no one being of
more significance than the others, and each will occupy a
full measure of speech. But if I now join these words so
as to make a complete sentence of them, a change will
take place in their utterance; one half of them will lose
their accents, and will be slurred over to give prominence
to the more important words : The — boy saw a — fish in —
the — water. The sentence becomes one of four significant
words to which modifying syllables are added to show the
relation these words bear to each other. Divided or scored
according to the measure of speech, they would stand as
follows :
1 The I boy *? | saw *j | *f a | fish 7 | *! in the | water.--
A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A ••• A .-. .-. A .-.
243. When the relative value of the accented and the
unaccented syllables of speech is not observed, or is over-
borne by extreme effort to articulate distinctly, the result is
a mouthing utterance, by which the unaccented syllables
are brought into undue prominence, and the natural move-
ments of the voice through the measure of speech de-
stroyed. This tedious and halting utterance is observable
in the reading of the child who takes every word to be of
equal value, and proceeds by accent or heavy movement
alone, thus :
The I boy 7 | saw 1 | a *7 | fish *7 | in 7 | the | water.
A .•• A .". A .'• A . - . A .-. A .'. A .". A .•.
Instead of the smooth flowing utt.ers.nce of the measured
* These groups of words have the effect of one long word, and
have been called oratorical words. For a full explanation of ora-
torical words see Emphasis, ^264.
Measure of Speech. 383
sounds as first scored in this example according to the
natural utterance.
On the other hand, language is often enfeebled by allow-
ing words to drop from the organs on the remiss action
which should have an accentual value. In this way, the
noun is often sunk to a subordinate position, as if implied
or understood in the sentence, while the adjective main-
tains a prominent position. Thus, in Mercutio's descrip-
tion of Queen Mab, I have heard these lines read in the
following manner:
*? Her I wagon spokes | made of long | spinner's legs.
A .-. .-. A .-. .-. A
When, in order to convey the just emphasis, it would
adopt the following measure :
7 Her I wagon | spokes | made of | long | spinner's | legs.
A .*. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .'. A .-. A .-.
This is a frequent fault of emphasis, serving to give un-
due prominence to the adjective and slurring the noun.
244. Emphasis falling upon different words of the same
sentence under different significations will alter the divi-
sions of its measures. To illustrate :
/ I 7 will I walk with him.
A .'. A .-. A
That is, not you will walk with him.
•7 I I will I walk with him.
That is, I am determined to walk with him.
I will I walk I with him.
That is, I will not ride.
I will I walk with | him.
That is, not with her.
384 Murdoch's Elocution.
245. Two or more accented syllables of long quantity,
following in immediate succession, are generally extended
over the time of a whole measure, though this is at the
option of the reader or speaker, and according to the sense
or sentiment of the language. Thus, the following line
may be read according to either of the scorings here given.
The heavy (A) an d light (.'•) marks will be omitted in
the scorings to follow :
Rocks, I caves, | lakes, | fens, | bogs, and | shades of | death,
Or,
Rocks, «7 I caves, •* | lakes, ^ | fens, *f | bogs, and | shades of |
death.
Two or more immutable syllables coming together always
require a measure for each, with a pause on the unaccented
portion.
Back, *j I back ^ | on your | lives.
Mutable syllables, however, if strongly emphatic, may
be extended so as to fill up their respective measures when
coming in immediate succession, thus :
Yet, I O I Lord | God, | most | holy.
246. The voice always moves from heavy to light, or
from accent to unaccented. If, therefore, a line or sen-
tence begins with an unaccented syllable, the first measure
is necessarily imperfect, the accented portion being marked
by a rest, thus :
•7 In the I second | century | *f of the | Christian | era.
•7 How J vain | ^ are | all things | here be- | low.
Measure of Speech. 385
Respiration, measure, and rhythm alike require pauses,
which prevent the words from becoming entangled with
each other, and enable the mind to perceive their connec-
tions and meaning with perfect facility.
A whole measure, or even two or more, may be passed
over in silence when the longer pauses of discourse require
such continued suspension of the voice. Thus, in the fol-
lowing sentence, before quoted as strongly emphatic, a
pause of an entire measure would occur, beside the shorter
rests arising from the imperfect measures.
Back «7 I 1 to thy | punishment ! | f *j | false | fugitive.
Pauses extending through more than a measure are illus-
trated in the scoring of the next passage :
Then shall be | brought to | pass | •* the | saying, | ^ *f |
Death | *j is | swallowed | up *J \ *j in | victory. | ^ 7 | •/ ^ | O |
death ! | where is thy | sting ? | f f \ *j f | O | grave ! | •] f \
where is thy | victory ? | ^ ^ | ^ f \ *j The | sting of | death j
•* is I sin ', \ *1 *1 \ *1 an d the | strength of | sin [ •* is the | law.
247. From the accentual character of words, imperfect
measures must often occur in speech, and their pauses, to-
gether with the measures of complete silence, permit a
constant supply of breath to the speaker without destroying
the rhythm of language.
The pauses which a clear utterance of the meaning re-
quires are always proportioned in their length to the pre-
vailing character of the emotions which predominate in
any given passage, and consequently to the current of time,
during the audible successions of the the sounds of the
voice from phrase to phrase, or from clause to clause, in
every sentence. The necessity of the close observance of
measured beats and frequent rests in reading, until the
student has acquired a perfect control over the pulsative
M. E.— 33.
386 Murdoch's Elocution.
action of speech in its relation to force and measure, will
readily be perceived by attempting to read with impas-
sioned force any piece of vehement or bold declamation,
such as Macduff's "Awake! awake! ring the alarm bell,"
etc. Unless a metrical rhythmus is observed in such reci-
tation, with frequent pauses, however short, added to those
marked in the punctuation, the reader will find himself
constantly out of breath.
248. In the production of speech, the muscles of the
larynx are subservient to the will in a certain sense of
conformity to the laws of other related organic actions con-
trolling the processes of inspiration and expiration. The
pulsation and remission of the heart acts at periodic inter-
vals with the action and reaction of the glottis, both func-
tions being necessarily sympathetic with the intermitting
regularity of the organic function of breathing.
Thus, by a subtle law of natural affinity, these compli-
cated movements, partly voluntary and partly involuntary,
when not interfered with, produce a general effect without
any interference with individual laws. The whole of this
wonderful mechanism works by the natural laws of pulsa-
tive and remiss action. The single pulsing act of each
organ with its remiss operation, or that by which the ex-
erted organs regain their position, may be illustrated in the
repeated movements of opening and shutting the hand.
It must be apparent that any disturbance of the periodic
and closely related action of the heart, lungs, and glottis
must result in injury or destruction to such sensitive organ-
ism. If, then, a person's method of speaking be such as
interferes with these processes, just in proportion to the de-
gree of interference will it be injurious to the general health
and to that of the organs themselves, and in the same pro-
portion imperfect and ineffective as an expressive agent.
249. The word rhythm implies, by its etymology, a refer-
ence to the flow or current of the stream of voice through
Measure of Speech. 387
the measure of speech. There are two different modes of
employing the measures of speech : one proceeds by regu-
lar repetitions or recurrence of the same measure, and is
called verse; the other presents no regularly ordered succes-
sion or arrangement of any of these measures, but employs
all, and is called prose.
All poetry is based upon either the common or the triple
measure, its rhythmus, in either case, consisting for the
most part of either of these two measures, and constituting
either common or triple time poetry.
EXAMPLE OF COMMON TIME POETRY.
Know I then thy | self, ^ | ^ pre | sume not | God to | scan ;
•7 The J proper | study | ^ of | man | kind | ^ is | man. |
EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE TIME POETRY.
•7 What a I rapturous | song, |
•f When the | glorified | throng |
•f In the I spirit of | harmony | join.
In either style of poetry, other measures besides that
giving its character to the verse, are occasionally intro-
duced, and rests of various lengths render the imperfect
measure a necessity. An emphatic measure is also occa-
sionally used to relieve the ear from the monotony of the
unvaried successions of the same measure.
250. The great art of the poet consists in such a nice
adjustment of the different measures, and of the several
rests of the voice, as shall produce an agreeable variety
without disturbing too much the regularity of the mech-
anism of his verse.
388 Murdoch 's Elocution.
The difference between the mechanism of prose and verse
consists in the indiscriminate employment of all the measures
of speech in prose, whereas in verse either the common
or triple measure prevails. An agreeable rhythm in prose,
however, requires that while there are no fixed responses
in the measures, there is a certain regularity in their recur-
rence, and in the adjustment of pauses, which produces an
effect something akin to the rhythmical flow of verse.
The poetical spirit pervading elevated prose naturally
demands the harmonious effects of numbers, and an artistic
writer will adopt in such cases that rhythmical flow of
words which approaches very nearly to the regularity of
poetry, and is called numerous prose.
In certain states of exultation, numbers present them-
selves so readily to the mind that verses of all kinds may
be frequently found in the prose writings of an author.
Charles Dickens, in his most imaginative passages, displays
so exact an ear for the metrical flow of sound in language
that many passages from his novels display a rhythm as
regular and beautiful as that of poetry itself. The same is
true of Scott, and of our own Irving, and indeed of many
of the best prose writers. But the rhythm of prose is
necessarily much more varied than that of verse; first, be-
cause a verse is included within comparatively small limits,
while prose often runs through long periods ; and, secondly,
because verse is always in some degree uniform, and flows
in one stream, while prose, unless it be varied in its rhyth-
mus, offends by monotony.
251. The best poetical rhythmus is that which admits of
occasional deviations from the current of accentuation, so
ordered that they may not continue long enough to de-
stroy the general character of regularity, whilst the most
skillfully arranged prose is that constantly showing the be-
ginning of a regular rhythmus, or metrical succession, which
loses itself in a new series of measures before the ear has
Measure of Speceli. 389
time to become impressed with any determinate order of
accent or quantity.
The rhythmical beauty of language arises as much from
the pauses or rests of the voice as from the admeasure-
ment of the syllables to a certain metrical order. Pauses,
properly employed, give an agreeable effect of variety to
language, dividing the portions of discourse into what are
called pausal sections. By varying the number of ac-
centual measures between the boundaries of these pauses,
an agreeable effect is produced, which is lost in the mo-
notony of more regularly measured divisions. This may
be illustrated by an extract taken from the writings of the
Rev. Robert Hall:
Without God in the World.
" *j The ex | elusion | «y of a Su | preme | Being, | ^ and of a j
superin | tending | providence, | | tends di | rectly | ^ to the
de I struction | ^ of | moral J taste, | | | ^ It j robs the | uni-
verse | •* of I all I finished j ^ and con | summate j excel-
lence, I I even in i | dea. | | | ^ The | admi ] ration of |
perfect | wisdom and | goodness, | •* for | which we are j
formed, | •? and which | kindles | ^ such un | speakable j
rapture | ^ in the | soul, | | finding in the | regions of | scepti-
cism I nothing | *f to | which it corres | ponds, | droops | ^ and |
languishes. | | | ^ In a | world | ^ which pre | sents a | fair |
spectacle | ^ of | order and | beauty, | ^ of a | vast | family, | |
nourished | ^ and sup | ported | ^ by an Al | mighty | Par-
ent; I j ^ in a I world, | ^ which | leads the de | vout j mind, |
step by I step, | ^ to the | contem | plation | ^ of the | first j
fair I ^ and the | first | good, | | y the | sceptic | ^ is en | com-
passed with I nothing | ^ but ob | scurity, | meanness, | ^ and
dis I order. |
" When we re | fleet on the | manner | ^ in | which the i | dea
of I Deity | ^ is | formed, | | *j we | must be con | vinced | *f
that I such an i | dea, | intimately | present to the | mind, |
must I have a most | powerful ef | feet | ^ in re | fining the j
39° Murdoch's Elocution.
moral | taste. | | | ^ Com | posed of the | richest | ele-
ments, | ^ it em | braces, | ^ in the | character | «y of a be | nefi-
cent | Parent | ^ and Al | mighty | Ruler, | ^ what | ever is |
venerable | «y in | wisdom, | | ^ what | ever is j awful | •* in au- |
thority, | | ^ what | ever is | touching | «* in | goodness." |
The following passage from Dickens, whose writings
abound in similar instances, will furnish an example of the
charm of rhythmic prose :
" Dear, | gentle, | patient, | noble | Nell | was | dead. | 7 7 |
A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .'. A .?.
7 Her | little | bird, | 7 a | poor 7 | slight 7 | thing, | *1 the |
A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .\ A
pressure of a | finger would have | crushed, / | / was | stirring |
A .-. .-. .-. A ••• .'. .-. A .*. A .-. A •••
nimbly | 7 in its | cage, | / and the | strong | heart | 7 of its |
A .-. A .-. .-. A .-. A .-. .'. A .-. A .-. A .". .-.
child- | mistress | 7 was | still | \ and | motionless | / for |
A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. A .-. .-. A .-.
ever." |
A
252. From the preceding study of principles and exam-
ples, the student will now be prepared to understand the
following definition of rhythm, in our language, considered
in its broadest and most comprehensive sense.
Rhythm in speech is a measured succession of sounds in
which accent, quantity, and pause are so proportioned and
arranged as to produce upon the ear an agreeable smooth-
ness and regularity of effect.
253. Rhythmus has been well described by a Greek
writer as supporting or sustaining the voice. This it does
by leading it with an easy step through every variety of
melody, stress, quantity, and movement, with that perfect
and natural regularity of organic action by which, no matter
how rapid or vehement the utterance, the words are pre-
vented from stumbling against or running into each other,
as it were, and thus thwarting the expectation of both the
mind and the ear.
Measure of Speech. 391
Within the limits of artistic effect, therefore, rhythm is
an aid and an ornament to utterance, but it will become a
deformity if made too prominent and obtrusive. Thus,
while the lack of a firmly marked rhythm produces a wan-
dering and uncertain effect upon the ear, on the other
hand, the extreme of marking the time or "beat" of the
measure too pointedly, and with a jerking accent, offends
the ear, resembling a music lesson in which the measure is
accompanied by a heavy or exaggerated beat, in order to
improve the pupil whose organ of time is dull.
A strongly marked rhythm in reading, especially in
verse, will also become a weary monotony if the melody be
not diversified to meet the demands of a just variety, and
the expressive character of the language.
254. A thorough knowledge of the rules governing ver-
sification is very necessary in a study of rhythm; this
should be studied from a standard text-book of rhetoric.
Accent, quantity, and pause being of equal value in
rhythm, the metrical construction of a poem must be un-
derstood before it can be well rendered.
A poem must not only be perfect in its form, — and meter
alone, is the mechanical part, — but it must equally charm the
ear in delivery. In the recitation of a poem, we add to
its accents, or metrical feet, for the purpose of expression,
time, and pause; this never interferes with the accent, for
the reason that the accent always marks the strong beat
of the measure. In Iambic verse the scansion would be :
Advanced | in view | they stand | a hor | rid front. | *
Conforming to the rules of rhythm, the same line would
be rendered thus :
•7 Ad I vanced In | view | «y they | stand | •f a | horrid | front. ^ |
* The teacher should allow the student to write a line upon the
blackboard in one of these forms of verse, and then mark it as it
should be read.
39 2 Murdoch' s Elocution.
Anapestic meter moves in the same manner; trochaic
and dactylic, beginning with the accented syllable, move
with the rhythm. For a complete study of prosodial and
rhythmical accent combined, see the "Revision of Vocal
Culture" by the Rev. Francis T. Russell.
•7 "My | Lords, ^ | ^ f | I am a | mazed, | f f | yes, my |
Lords, •* I I am a | mazed at his | Grace's | speech. | *f *T | •? *T |
•7 The I noble | Duke | can not | look be | fore him, | *f be | hind
him, I ^ or on I either | side of him, | •* with | out * | seeing |
some *f I noble | peer •* | ^ who | owes his | seat •* | in this |
house I *j to his sue | cessful ex | ertions | ^ in the pro | fession |
•7 to I which 1 I I be | long, f | ^ *j \ ^ f | Does he not | feel
•f I that it is as | honorable | ^ to | owe it to | these | ^ as to |
being the | accident | f of an | accident ? | f f | ^ «y | f To | all
these I noble | Lords, «jf | ^ the | language of the | noble | Duke
•7 I is as I applicable | and as in | suiting | ^ as it | is to my | self.
•> j * * 1 * «f I But I I do not I fear f | f to | meet it | single |
•* and a | lone. *l\*1*l\*1*l\ ^° one I venerates the | peerage |
more than | I do. | ^ *t | But, my | Lords, *f | •* I | must ^ | say
•j I *j that the | peerage | f so | licited | me, | f f \ f not | I |
•7 the I peerage. | 7 f | 7 7 |
" Nay, 1 I more, | f *J | ^ I | can and | will *j | say f \ f f |
that, as a | peer of | parliament, | ^ •* | ^ as | speaker | •* of this |
right I honorable | house, | ^ ^ | ^ as | keeper of the | great ^ |
seal, •* I •* *f I *1 as | guardian | «f of his | majesty's | con-
science, j «f ^ I ^ as I Lord | High | Chancellor of | England, |
«* •* I nay, •* | even in | that | character | ^ a | lone, | •* in |
which the | noble | Duke •* | •* would | think it an af | front ^ |
•f to be con | sidered, | ^ but | which | character | none can
de I ny *j | me, ^ | 7 ^ | as a | Man, ^ | ^ I | am at this | mo-
ment I as re I spectable, | ^ ^ | ^ I | beg ^ | leave to | add, ^ |
•7 as I much re | spected, | ^ as the | proudest | peer ^ | ^ I |
now I look I down upon." | ^ ^ |
— Lord Thurlow's Reply to the Duke of Grafton.
" Most I potent, | grave, | ^ and | reverend | signiors, |
•7 My I very | noble, | ^andap | proved | good | masters; | *fl |
That I have | taken a | way | ^ this | old man's | daughter, |
Measure of Speech. 393
It is I most I true '. | *f *f I true, | •* I have | married her ; |
•* The I very | head and | front | ^ of my of | fending |
•J Hath I this ex | tent, | ^ f | no | more. | f *j * *j \
Rude I «7 am | I in j my | speech, |
f And I little | bless'd | *j with the | set | phrase of | peace; |
77.1
•f For I since | these | arms of | mine | •* had | seven | years |
pith, I
•7 Till I now, I ^ some | nine | moons | wasted, | ^ they have |
us'd I
•7 Their | dearest | action | ^ in the | tented | field; |
•7 And I little | ^ of this | great | world | ^ can | I | speak |
More than per | tains | «f to | feats of | broil, «* and | battle; |
•f And, I therefore, | little | •f shall I | grace my | cause, |
•f In I speaking | •* for my | self: \ *J *j \ yet | ^ by your | pa-
tience, I
I will a I round, | ^ un | varnish'd | tale de | liver." |
— " Othello,'''' Shakespeare.
Once I more | unto the | breach | dear | friends! | *f *7 | once |
more ; | *J f \
•J Or I close the | wall up | ^ with our | English | dead. | *j^ \
•f In I peace \ *1 *1 \ *j there 's | nothing | so be | comes a |
man |
•7 As I modest | stillness | ^ and hu | mility. | *j *j \
But when the | blast of | war | ^ ^ | blows in our | ears, |
Then | imitate the | action | ^ of the | tiger : |
Stiffen the | sinews, | ^ *f | summon | up the | blood, |
•* Dis I guise | fair | nature | •* with | hard | favor' d | rage. |
Then | lend the | eye | *f a | terrible | aspect ; |
*j*j I Let it I pry | ^ thro' the | portage of the | head, |
Like the | brass | cannon ; | let the | brow o'er | whelm it, |
•7 As I fearfully, | as doth a | galled rock | f *f \
•7 O'er I hang and | jutty | *j his con | founded | base
f * I Swill'd with the | wild | f and | wasteful | ocean." | f V
— Address of Henry V to his Troops.
394 Murdoch 's Elocution.
" Hail ! | holy | Light, | | offspring of | Heav'n | first | born, |
| Or of the E | ternal | | co-e | ternal | beam, |
May I ex | press | thee | un | blam'd? | | ^ Since | God |
•J is | light. |
•7 And I never | *j but in | unap | proached | light |
Dwelt from e | ternity, | | dwelt | then in | thee, |
I Bright I effluence | ^ of | bright | essence | incre | ate. |
•7 Or I hears't thou | rather, | | pure e | thereal | stream. |
•j Whose I fountain | who shall | tell ? | | *J Be | fore the |
sun, I
•* Be I fore the | Heav'ns | thou | wert, | | and at the | voice |
•7 Of I God I I as with a | mantle, | *j didst in | vest |
*J The I rising | world of | waters | | dark | •* and | deep, |
Won from the | void | ^ and | formless | infinite." | |
— " Apostrophe to Light" MlLTON.
POETIC EXPRESSION IN PROSE.
"Then | sang | Moses | ^ and the | children of | Israel | this |
song I •* unto the | Lord, | •* and j spake, | saying, | •* I will |
sing unto the | Lord, | «* for he hath j triumphed | gloriously: |
I I •* the I horse | •* and his | rider j •* hath he | thrown into
the I sea. | | •* The | Lord | •* is my | strength and | song, |
•7 and j he is be | come my sal | vation; | | he is | my | God, |
•* and I I will pre | pare him an | habi | tation; | | ^ my |
father's j God, | *J and | I will ex | alt him. | | | *j The | Lord j
•* is a I man of | war : | ^ Je | hovah | ^ is his | name. | | |
Pharaoh's | chariots | •* and his | host | •* hath he | cast into
the I sea : | | •* his | chosen | captains | also | •* are | drowned
in the | Red | Sea. | | | •? The | depths | •* have | covered
them : I I ^ they | sank into the | bottom | ^ as a | stone. | | |
Thy I right | hand, | O | Lord, | is be | come | glorious in |
power : I | thy | right | hand, | O | Lord, | •] hath | dashed in j
pieces | ^ the | enemy. | | | ^ And in the | greatness of thine |
excellency | thou hast | over | thrown | them | ^ that | rose up
a I gainst thee ; | | ^ thou | sentest forth thy j wrath, | ^ which
con I sumed them, | ^ as | stubble. | | | ^ And with the | blast
of thy I nostrils | ^ the | waters | ^ were | gathered to | gether,
I •* the I floods I stood | upright | ^ as an | heap, | ^ and
the j depths | ^ were con | gealed | ^ in the | heart of the |
Measure of Speech. 395
sea. I I I ^ The | enemy | said, | I will pur | sue, | I will |
over I take, | I will di | vide the | spoil ; | ^ my | lust | ^ shall
be I satisfied | ^ up | on them : | | ^ I will | draw my | sword, |
•7 my I hand shall des | troy them. | | | Thou didst | blow with
thy I wind, | ^ the | sea | covered them : | | ^ they | sank as |
lead I •* in the | mighty | waters." | | |
— Song of Moses, Exodus xv, i.
"*j The I armaments, | ^ which | thunderstrike | ^ the | walls |
•7 Of I rock-built | cities, | | bidding | nations | quake, |
«jf And I monarchs | | tremble | ^ in their | capitals, |
I •* The I oak le | viathans, | ^ whose | huge | ribs | make |
•7 Their | clay ere | ator | ^ the | vain | title | take, |
•f Of I lord of I thee, | ^ and | arbiter of | war ! |
These are thy | toys, | | and as the | snowy | flake, |
•7 They | melt into thy | yeast of | waves, | ^ which | mar |
•jf A I like the Ar | mada's | pride, | or | spoils of | Trafal- |
gar. I I
•y Thy I shores are | empires, | | chang'd in | all | save |
thee, I
I •* As I syria, | | Greece, | | Rome, | | Carthage, | | what
are | they? |
•7 Thy I waters | wasted them | | while they were | free, |
I «f And I many a | tyrant | since: | | ^ their | shores |
•f o I bey I
•7 The I stranger, | slave, | exploits, myself himself,
Until the thick pulsation of my heart
Wakes me, to ponder on the thing I am !
— COLMAN.
Scene from Henry V.
Enter the English host, Cluster, Bedford, Exeter, Salisbury,
and Westmoreland.
Gloster. — Where is the king?
Bedford. — The king himself is rode to view their battle.
Westm y d. — Of fighting men they have full threescore thousand.
Exeter. — There's five to one; besides, they all are fresh.
Salisbury. — God's arm strike with us! 'tis a fearful odds.
God be wi' you, princes all; I'll to my charge:
If we no more meet till we meet in heaven,
Then, joyfully; — my noble lord of Bedford,
My dear lord Gloster, and my good lord Exeter,
And my kind kinsman, warriors all, — adieu !
Bedford. — Farewell, good Salisbury; and good luck go with thee!
Exeter. — Farewell,' kind lord; fight valiantly to-day:
And yet I do thee wrong, to mind thee of it,
For thou art fram'd for the firm truth of valour.
Exit Salisbury.
Bedford. — He is as full of valour as of kindness;
Princely in both.
Westm'd. — O that we now had here
Enter King Henry.
But one ten thousand of those men in England
That do no work to-day !
K.Henry. — What's he that wishes so?
My cousin Westmoreland ? — No, my fair cousin :
If we are marked to die, we are enough
To do our country loss; and if to live, ♦
The fewer men the greater share of honour.
M. E.-39.
458 Murdoch's Elocution.
God's will! I pray thee, wish not one man more.
By Jove, I am not covetous for gold;
Nor care I who doth feed upon my cost;
It yearns me not if men my garments wear;
Such outward things dwell not in my desires:
But if it be a sin to covet honour
I am the most offending soul alive.
No, 'faith, my coz, wish not a man from England:
God's peace ! I would not lose so great an honour,
As one man more, methinks, would share from me,
For the best hope I have. O, do not wish one more.
Rather proclaim it, Westmoreland, through my host,
That he which hath no stomach to this fight,
Let him depart ; his passport shall be made,
And crowns for convoy put into his purse :
We would not die in that man's company
That fears his fellowship to die with us.
This day is called — the feast of Crispian :
He that outlives this day, and comes safe home,
Will stand a tiptoe when this day is nam'd,
And rouse him at the name of Crispian.
He that shall see this day, and live old age,
Will yearly on the vigil feast his neighbours,
And say, — Tomorrow is Saint Crispian :
Then will he strip his sleeve, and show his scars.
And say, These wounds I had on Crispin 's day.
Old men forget ; yet all shall be forgot,
But he '11 remember, with advantages,
What feats he did that day. Then shall our names,
Familiar in their mouths as household words, —
Harry the king, Bedford and Exeter,
Warwick and Talbot, Salisbury and Gloster, —
Be in their flowing cups freshly remember'd :
This story shall the good man teach his son ;
And Crispin Crispian shall ne'er go by,
From this day to the ending of the world,
But we in it shall be remember'd :
We few, we happy few, we band of brothers;
For he to-day that sheds his blood with me
Shall be my brother; be he ne'er so vile,
This day shall gentle his condition :
Dramatic Rcadi, gs. 459
And gentlemen in England, now abed,
Shall think themselves aceurs'd they were not here;
And hold their manhoods cheap, whiles any speaks
That fought with us upon Saint CRISPIN'S Day.
Enter Salisbury.
Salisbury. — My sovereign lord, bestow yourself with speed;
The French are bravely in their battles set,
And will with all expedience charge on us.
A'. Henry. — All things are ready, if our minds be so.
Westm'd. — Perish the man whose mind is backward now!
K. Henry. — Thou dost not wish more help from England, coz ?
Weslni'd. — God's will, my liege, 'would you and I alone,
Without more help, might fight this battle out !
K.Henry. — Why, now thou hast unwished five thousand men;
Which likes me better, than to wish us one. —
You know your places. God be with you all!
— Shakespeare.
Scene from Richard III.
Scene IV. London. A room in the Toiuer. Enter Clarence and
Brakenbury.
Brakenbury. — Why looks your grace so heavily to-day ?
Clarence. — O, I have pass'd a miserable night,
So full of fearful dreams, of ugly sights,
That, as I am a Christian-faithful man,
I would not spend another such a night
Though 'twere to buy a world of happy days;
So full of dismal terror was the time.
Brakenbury. — What was your dream, my lord ? I pray you, tell me.
Clarence. — Methought that I had broken from the Tower,
And was embarked to cross to Burgundy ;
And in my company my brother Gloster :
Who from my cabin tempted me to walk
Upon the hatches; there we look'd toward England,
And cited up a thousand heavy times,
During the wars of York and Lancaster,
460 Murdoch's Elocution.
That had befall'n us. As we pac'd along
Upon the giddy footing of the hatches,
Methought that Gloster stumbled ; and, in falling,
Struck me, that thought to stay him, overboard,
Into the tumbling billows of the main.
Lord ! methought what pain it was to drown !
What dreadful noise of water in mine ears!
What sights of ugly death within mine eyes !
Methought I saw a thousand fearful wracks ;
A thousand men that fishes gnaw'd upon ;
Wedges of gold, great anchors, heaps of pearl,
Inestimable stones, unvalued jewels,
All scatter'd in the bottom of the sea.
Some lay in dead men's skulls; and in those holes
Where eyes did once inhabit there were crept
As 't were in scorn of eyes, reflecting gems,
That woo'd the slimy bottom of the deep,
And mocked the dead bones that lay scatter'd by.
Brakenbury. — Had you such leisure in the time of death,
To gaze upon these secrets of the deep ?
Clarence. — Methought I had; and often did I strive
To yield the ghost : but still the envious flood
Stopt in my soul, and would not let it forth
To find the empty, vast, and wand'ring air;
But smothered it within my panting bulk,
Which almost burst to belch it in the sea.
Brakenbury. — Awak'd you not in this sore agony?
Clarence. — No, no, my dream was lengthen'd after life;
O, then began the tempest to my soul !
1 pass'd, methought, the melancholy flood,
With that sour ferryman which poets write of,
Unto the kingdom of perpetual night.
The first that there did greet my stranger soul,
Was my great father-in-law, renowned Warwick;
Who spake aloud, — " What scourge for perjury
Can this dark monarchy afford false Clarence?"
And so he vanish'd : then came wandering by
A shadow like an angel, with bright hair
Dabbled in blood ; and he shrieked out aloud, —
" Clarence is come, — false, fleeting, perjur'd Clarence,-
That stabbed me in the field by Tewkesbury ; —
/ haui ali c Readings. 461
Seize Oil him, furies, take him unto torment!"
With that, methought, a legion of foul fiends
Environ'cl me, and howled in mine ears
Such hideous cries, that, with the very noise
I trembling waked, and, for a season after^
Could not believe but that I was in hell ;
Such terrible impression made my dream.
Brakenbury. — No marvel, lord, though it affrighted you!
I am afraid, methinks, to hear you tell it.
Clarence. — O, Brakenbury, I have done these things, —
That now give evidence against my soul, —
For Edward's sake; and see how he requites me!
God ! if my deep prayers can not appease thee,
But thou wilt be aveng'd on my misdeeds,
Yet execute thy wrath on me alone;
O, spare my guiltless wife and my poor children!
1 pray thee, gentle keeper, stay by me;
My soul is heavy, and I fain would sleep.
Brakenbury. — I will, my lord; God give your grace good rest!
Clarence relires.
Sorrow breaks seasons and reposing hours, —
Makes the night morning, and the noontide night.
Princes have but their titles for their glories,
An outward honor for an inward toil ;
And, for unfelt imaginations,
They often feel a world of restless cares ;
So that, between their titles, and low name,
There 's nothing differs, but the outward fame.
— SHAKESPEARE.
Scene from Hamlet.
Scene I. A room in Polonhis's house. Enter Polonius and Rey-
NALDO.
Polonius. — Give him his money, and these notes, Reynaldo.
Reynaldo. — I will, my lord.
Polonius. — You shall do marvellous wisely, good Reynaldo,
Before you visit him, to make inquire
Of his behaviour.
462 Murdoch's Elocution.
Reynaldo. — My lord, I did intend it.
Polonius. — Marry, well said : very well said. Look you, sir,
Inquire me first what Danskers are in Paris;
And how, and who ; what means, and where they keep,
What company, at what expense ; and finding,
By this encompassment and drift of question,
That they do know my son, come you more nearer
Than your particular demands will touch it :
Take you, as 'twere, some distant knowledge of him;
As thus, — ' I know his father, and his friends,
And, in part, him;' — do you mark this, R.eynaldo?
Reynaldo. — Ay, very well, my lord.
Polonius. — 'And, in part, him; but,' you may say, 'not well:
But, if 't be he I mean, he 's very wild ;
Addicted so and so : ' and there put on him
What forgeries you please; marry, none so rank
As may dishonour him; take heed of that;
But, sir, such wanton, wild, and usual slips,
As are companions noted and most known
To youth and liberty.
Reynaldo. — As gaming, my lord.
Polonius. — Ay, or drinking, fencing, swearing, quarreling,
Drabbing : — you may go so far.
Reynaldo. — My lord, that would dishonour him.
Polonius. — 'Faith, no ; as you may season it in the charge.
You must not put another scandal on him,
That he is open to incontinency ;
That 's not my meaning : but breathe his faults so
quaintly,
That they may seem the taints of liberty :
The flash and outbreak of a fiery mind ;
A savageness in unreclaimed blood,
Of general assault.
Reynaldo. — But, my good lord, —
Polonius. — Wherefore should you do this?
Reynaldo. — Ay, my lord,
I would know that.
Polonius. — Marry, sir, here's my drift;
And, I believe, it is a fetch of warrant:
You laying these slight sullies on my son,
As 'twere a thing a little soil'd i' the working,
Dramatic Readings. 463
Mark you,
\ our party in converse, him you would sound,
Having ever seen, in the prenominate crimes,
The youth you breathe of, guilty, be assur'd,
1 1 c closes with you in this consequence;
'Good sir,' or so; or, 'friend, or gentleman,' —
According to the phrase and the addition,
Of man, and country.
Reynaldo. — Very good, my lord.
Polonius. — And then, sir, does he this, — he does —
What was I about to say? By the mass,
I was about to say something: — Where did I leave?
Reynaldo. — At, ' closes in the consequence,
At friend, or so, and gentleman.'
Polonius. — At, closes in the consequence, — Ay, marry;
He closes with you thus : — 'I know the gentleman;
I saw him yesterday, or 't other day,
Or then, or then; with such, and such; and, as you
say,
There was he gaming; there o'ertook in his rouse:
There falling out at tennis;' or perchance,
'I saw him enter such a house of sale,'
(Videlicet, a brothel,) or so forth. —
See you now ;
Your bait of falsehood takes this carp of truth:
And thus do we of wisdom and of reach,
With windlaces, and with assays of bias,
By indirections find directions out;
So, by my former lecture and advice,
Shall you my son. You have me, have you not?
Reynaldo. — My lord, I have.
Polonius. — God be wi' you ; fare you well.
Reynaldo. — Good my lord !
Polonius. — Observe his inclination in yourself.
Reynaldo. — I shall, my lord.
Polonius. — And let him ply his music.
Reynaldo. — W T ell, my lord.
— Shakespeare.
464 Murdoch's Elocution.
BIBLE READINGS.
The Prodigal Son.
And he said, A certain man had two sons : And the
younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the
portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto
them his living.
And not many days after the younger son gathered all
together, and took his journey into a far country, and
there wasted his substance with riotous living.
And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine
in that land; and he began to be in want.
And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that
country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine.
And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks
that the swine did eat : and no man gave unto him.
And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired
servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare,
and I perish with hunger !
I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him,
Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, And
am no more worthy to be called thy son : make me as one
of thy hired servants.
And he arose, and came to his father. But when he
was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had com-
passion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him.
And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned
against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy
to be called thy son.
But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best
robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and
shoes on his feet:
And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us
eat, and be merry:
Bible Readings. 465
For this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was
lost, and is found. And they began to be merry.
Now his elder son was in the field : and as he came and
drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing.
And he called one of the servants, and asked what these
things meant.
And he said unto him, Thy brother is come ; and thy
father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received
him safe and sound.
And he was angry, and would not go in : therefore came
his father out, and intreated him.
And he answering, said to his father, Lo, these many
years do I serve thee: neither transgressed I at any time
thy commandment; and yet thou never gavest me a kid,
that I might make merry with my friends :
But as soon as this thy son was come, which hath de-
voured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the
fatted calf.
And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and
all that I have is thine.
It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad :
for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was
lost, and is found.
— St. Luke.
Select Passages from the Book of Job.
Then the Lord answered Job out of the whirlwind, and
said,
Who is this that darkeneth counsel by words without
knowledge ?
Gird up now thy loins like a man; for I will demand of
thee, and answer thou me.
Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the
earth ? declare, if thou hast understanding.
466 Murdoch! s Elocution.
Who hath laid the measures thereof, if thou knowest? or
who hath stretched the line upon it?
Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? or
who laid the corner stone thereof;
When the morning stars sang together, and all the sons
of God shouted for joy ?
Or who shut up the sea with doors, when it brake forth,
as if it had issued out of the womb ?
When I made the cloud the garment thereof, and thick
darkness a swaddling band for it,
And brake up for it my decreed place, and set bars and
doors,
And said, Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further : and
here shall thy proud waves be stayed?
Hast thou commanded the morning since thy days; and
caused the dayspring to know his place ?
Hast thou entered into the springs of the sea? or hast
thou walked in the search of the depth ?
Have the gates of death been opened unto thee? or hast
thou seen the doors of the shadow of death ?
Where is the way where light dwelleth ? and as for dark-
ness, where is the place thereof?
Knowest thou it, because thou wast then born? or be-
cause the number of thy days is great ?
By what way is the light parted, which scattereth the
east wind upon the earth ?
Who hath divided a water-course for the overflowing of
waters, or a way for the lightning of thunder;
To cause it to rain on the earth, where no man is; on
the wilderness, wherein there is no man;
Bible Readings. 467
To satisfy the desolate and waste ground; and to cause
the bud of the tender herb to spring forth ?
Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades, or
loose the bands of Orion ?
Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his season? or canst
thou guide Arcturus with his sons ?
Knowest thou the ordinances of heaven ? canst thou set
the dominion thereof in the earth ?
Canst thou lift up thy voice to the clouds, that abund-
ance of waters may cover thee ?
Canst thou send lightnings, that they may go, and say
unto thee, Here we are?
Who hath put wisdom in the inward parts? or who hath
given understanding to the heart ?
Hast thou given the horse strength ? hast thou clothed
his neck with thunder?
Canst thou make him afraid as a grasshopper ? the glory
of his nostrils is terrible.
He paweth in the valley, and rejoiceth in his strength :
he goeth on to meet the armed men.
He mocketh at fear, and is not affrighted; neither
turneth he back from the sword.
The quiver rattleth against him, the" glittering spear and
the shield.
He swalloweth the ground with fierceness and rage :
neither believeth he that it is the sound of the trumpet.
He saith among the trumpets, Ha, ha ! and he smelleth the
battle afar off, the thunder of the captains, and the shouting.
Moreover the Lord answered Job, and said,
Shall he that contendeth with the Almighty instruct him ?
he that reproveth God, let him answer it.
468 Murdoch 's Elocution.
Then Job answered the Lord, and said,
I know that thou canst do every thing, and that no
thought can be withholden from thee.
Selection from the Book of Isaiah.
The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for
them; and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose.
It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy
and singing : the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it,
the excellency of Carmel and Sharon; they shall see the
glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God.
Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble
knees.
Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear
not : behold, your God will come with vengeance, even
God with a recompense; he will come and save you.
Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears
of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall the lame man
leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing : for in the
wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert. "■
And the parched ground shall become a pool, and the
thirsty land springs of water : in the habitation of dragons,
where each lay, shall be grass with reeds and rushes.
And a highway shall be there, and a way, and it shall
be called The way of holiness; the unclean shall not pass
over it ; but it shall be for those : the wayfaring men,
though fools, shall not err therein.
No lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast shall go
up thereon, it shall not be found there; but the redeemed
shall walk there :
And the ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come
to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads :
they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing
shall flee away.
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 469
MISCELLANEOUS READINGS IN POETRY.
The Vision of Sir Launfal.
first prelude.
Over his keys the musing organist,
Beginning doubtfully and far away,
First lets his fingers wander as they list,
And builds a bridge from Dreamland for his lay :
Then, as the touch of his loved instrument
Gives hope and fervor, nearer draws his theme,
First guessed by faint auroral flushes sent
Along the wavering vista of his dream.
Not only around our infancy
Doth heaven with all its splendors lie ;
Daily, with souls that cringe and plot,
We Sinais climb and know it not;
Over our manhood bend the skies;
Against our fallen and traitor lives
The great winds utter prophecies ;
With our faint hearts the mountain strives,
Its arms outstretched, the druid wood
Waits with its benedicite;
And to our age's drowsy blood
Still shouts the inspiring sea.
Earth gets its price for what Earth gives us;
The beggar is taxed for a corner to die in,
The priest hath his fee who comes and shrives us,
We bargain for the graves we lie in ;
At the Devil's booth are all things sold,
Each ounce of dross costs its ounce of gold ;
For a cap and bells our lives we pay,
Bubbles we earn with a whole soul's tasking :
'Tis heaven alone that is given away,
'Tis only God may be had for the asking;
47° Murdoch's Elocution.
No price is set on the lavish summer,
And June may be had by the poorest comer.
And what is so rare as a day in June ?
Then, if ever, come perfect days;
Then Heaven tries the earth if it be in tune,
And over it softly her warm ear lays :
Whether we look, or whether we listen,
We hear life murmur, or see it glisten ;
Every clod feels a stir of might,
An instinct within it that reaches and towers,
And, groping blindly above it for light,
Climbs to a soul in grass and flowers;
The flush of life may well be seen
Thrilling back over hills and valleys ;
The cowslip startles in meadows green,
The buttercup catches the sun in its chalice.
And there 's never a leaf nor a blade too mean
To be some happy creature's palace;
The little bird sits at his door in the sun,
Atilt like a blossom among the leaves,
And lets his illumined being o'errun
With the deluge of summer it receives ;
His mate feels the eggs beneath her wings,
And the heart in her dumb breast nutters and sings;
He sings to the wide world, and she to her nest, —
In the nice ear of Nature which song is the best?
Now is the high-tide of the year,
And whatever of life hath ebbed away
Comes flooding back, with a ripply cheer,
Into every bare inlet and creek and bay ;
Now the heart is so full that a drop overfills it,
We are happy now because God wills it;
No matter how barren the past may have been,
'T is enough for us now that the leaves are green ;
We sit in the warm shade and feel right well
How the sap creeps up and the blossoms swell ;
We may shut our eyes, but we can not help knowing
That skies are clear and grass is growing ;
The breeze comes whispering in our ear,
That dandelions are blossoming near,
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 47 1
That maize lias sprouted, that streams arc (lowing,
That the river is bluer than the sky,
That the robin is plastering his house hard by;
And if the breeze kept the good news back,
For other couriers we should not lack;
We could guess it all by yon heifer's lowing, —
And hark! how clear bold chanticleer,
Warmed with the new wine of the year,
Tells all in his lusty crowing !
Joy comes, grief goes, we know not how ;
Everything is happy now,
Everything is upward striving ;
'Tis as easy now for the heart to be true
As for grass to be green or skies to be blue, —
'Tis the natural way of living:
Who knows whither the clouds have fled ?
In the unscarred heaven they leave no wake;
And the eyes forget the tears they have shed,
The heart forgets its sorrow and ache ;
The soul partakes the season's youth,
And the sulphurous rifts of passion and woe
Lie deep 'neath a silence pure and smooth,
Like burnt out craters healed with snow.
SECOND PRELUDE.
Down swept the chill wind from the mountain peak,
From the snow five thousand summers old ;
On open wold and hill-top bleak
It had gathered all the cold,
And whirled it like sleet on the wanderer's cheek;
It carried a shiver everywhere
From the unleafed boughs and pastures bare;
The little brook heard it and built a roof
'Neath which he could house him, winter-proof;
All night by the white stars' frosty gleams
He groined his arches and matched his beams ;
Slender and clear were his crystal spars
As the lashes of liijht that trim the stars •
472 Murdoch's Elocution.
He sculptured every summer delight
In his halls and chambers out of sight;
Sometimes his tinkling waters slipt
Down through a frost-leaved forest-crypt,
Long, sparkling aisles of steel-stemmed trees
Bending to counterfeit a breeze ;
Sometimes the roof no fretwork knew
But silvery mosses that downward grew ;
Sometimes it was carved in sharp relief
"With quaint arabesques of ice-fern leaf ;
Sometimes it was simply smooth and clear
For the gladness of heaven to shine through, and here
He had caught the nodding bulrush-tops
And hung them thickly with diamond drops,
Which crystalled the beams of moon and sun,
And made a star of every one •
No mortal builder's most rare device
Could match this winter-palace of ice;
'T was as if every image that mirrored lay
In his depths serene through the summer day,
Each fleeting shadow of earth and sky,
Lest the happy model should be lost,
Had been mimicked in fairy masonry
By the elfin builders of the frost.
— James Russell Lowell.
Extracts from "The Voyage of Life."
" Could I remount the river of my years." — Byron.
One sweet spring morn, when skies were bright,
And the earth was green and gay, —
When fields were bathed in golden light,
And feathery mist-wreaths, thin and white,
Were hung on cliff and mountain height,
Like chaplets twined by the hand of Night
To bind the brow of Day, —
All playfully along the wild,
Quaffing the breezes pure and mild,
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 473
A thoughtless, merry-hearted child,
k my careless way !
Clapping my hands in childish glee,
I ran along the lakelet's side,
Which, to my vision, seemed to be
The margin of the boundless sea,
When suddenly I espied,
Beneath a spreading chestnut-tree
A light shift', dancing merrily
Upon the glistening tide.
Shouting, I waked the echoes round,
And forward sprang, with one glad bound,
To reach the feathery oar ;
Then, leaping lightly to the boat,
Feeling my little bark afloat,
I glided from the shore,
Which in the distance faded fast,
As, skimming along, I fleetly passed,
And my gallant vessel gayly cast
The crystal waves aside, —
While the rising sun which met my sight,
Beaming aslant o'er the mountain height,
Pencilled before me, clear and bright,
A glittering path of golden light
Along the trembling tide;
And, closely following in my wake,
Gleaming above each billowy flake,
Bright fish, at play
'Mid the flashing spray,
Darted, like silver shafts, away,
Where'er my paddle plied!
I floated on : — the river spread
Wider and deeper than before,
And boldly now the current sped,
While, fast receding from the shore,
My agile vessel swiftly flew,
When, lo ! uprising, met my view,
An angry cloud on the heavens' bright blue,
E.— 40.
474 Murdoch 's Eloctdion.
And it hung, like a pall, with a sable hue,
The heaving waters o'er, —
While the lightning glared the darkness through,
And I heard the thunder roar !
I floated on: — the storm came fast,
The billows leaped in the furious blast,
And rain, and hail,
Athwart the gale,
Shot from the flaming skies,
"While hideous shapes, among the waves,
Like spectres waked from watery graves,
Around me seemed to rise !
Weary and weak, I floated on,
'Mid the tempest's shriek, and the lightning's flash,
'Mid the rushing waves, and the thunder's crash! —
My vessel o'erwhelmed, and my paddle gone,
I clung to the wreck, and I floated on !
Fearless, I rode the torrent o'er,
Regardless of' its deafening roar,
While boldly on my brave bark sped,
Leaping the rocks which lined its bed,
Borne on the billows, till at last
I floated below, and the flood was past !
Past! But, alas! 'twas the river no more,
With its bright blue waves and sylvan shore,
With its broad green banks and leafy bowers,
Its warbling birds and its fragrant flowers ! —
'Twas the bright, blue, beautiful river no more,
But a gloomy gulf, with a desolate shore,
And barren banks, which faded away
In a dreary mist that over them lay; —
And wearily now I labored on,
For my spirit was sad, and my strength was gone
Then backward I gazed,
With enraptured surprise,
Where the sinking sun blazed,
In the bright western skies, —
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 475
Where the river still rolled,
Stained with crimson and gold,
While the mountains and hill-tops were bathed in its dyes!
And I turned my light boat, firmly grasping my (jar,
And resolved to remount to the river once more, —
For I felt that the river alone could restore
The hopes I had lost 'mid the cataract's roar!
But I struggled in vain up the foaming ascent,
As the whirl of the wild waves my feeble oar bent,
For the stream, rushing on with impetuous flow,
Still cast my frail skiff to the eddies below: —
Then, aweary and worn, as I stood in my bark,
I saw the sun sink, and the waters grow dark ; —
But, afar from the billows on which I was tost,
My heart wandered back to the joys it had lost, —
To the meadow, the woodland, the brook, and the bowers,
To the glittering lakelet, the birds, and the flowers,—
And lamenting the scenes which could meet me no more,
I fell down and wept by that desolate shore !
Long years have sullenly worn away,
Since once, at the close of a sweet spring day,
A gentle child was seen to guide
A fragile skiff o'er that torrent's tide.
From rock to rock, it tremblingly fell,
But he managed his little vessel well,
And, borne on the billows' furious flow,
Came safely down to the gulf below ; —
Then, turning his boat, he strove to regain
The river above, but he strove in vain,
And, aweary, he wept in his shattered bark,
As the night came on, and the gulf grew dark !
Long years have sullenly worn away ; —
But ever, as on that sweet spring day,
You may see that frail skiff floating o'er
The billows which break on the desolate shore ; —
But a gray old man, with a furrowed brow
And a trembling hand, guides the vessel now ;
And toilsomely still he strives to regain
The river above, but he strives in vain :
476 Murdoch 's Elocution.
And his straining eyes are dimmed with tears,
As he pines for the bliss of his early years, —
When, over the river of childhood's day,
His light skiff gallantly glided away,
And, aweary, he weeps in his shattered bark,
As the night comes on, and the gulf grows dark.
— Francis DeHaes Janvier.
New England's Chevy Chase.
'T was the dead of the night. By the pine-knot's red light
Brooks lay, half asleep, when he heard the alarm —
Only this, and no more, from a voice at the door:
" The Red Coats are out and have passed Phipps's farm ! "
Brooks was booted and spurred ; he said never a word ;
Took his horn from its peg, and his gun from the rack ;
To the cold midnight air he led out his white mare,
Strapped the girths and the bridle and sprang to her back.
Up the North Country Road at her full pace she strode,
Till Brooks reined her up at John Tarbell's to say:
" We have got the alarm — they have left Phipps's farm;
You rouse the East Precinct and I '11 go this way."
John called his hired man, and they harnessed the span;
They roused Abram Garfield, and Garfield called me.
"Turn out right away, let no minute-man stay —
The Red Coats have landed at Phipps's ! " says he.
By the Powder-House Green seven others fell in ;
At Nahum's the Men from the Saw-Mill came down ;
So that when Jabez Bland gave the word of command,
And said, " Forward, March ! " there march forward The Town.
Parson Wilderspin stood by the side of the road,
And he took off his hat, and he said, " Let us pray!
O Lord, God of Might, let Thine Angels of Light
Lead Thy Children to-night to the Glories of Day !
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 477
And let Thy Stars fight all the Foes of the Right,
As the Stars fought of old against Sisera."
And. from heaven's high Arch those Stars blessed our March,
Till the last of them faded in twilight away,
And with Morning's bright beam, by the bank of the stream,
Half the Country marched in, and we heard Davis say:
"On the King's own Highway I may travel all day,
And no man hath warrant to stop me," says he,
"I've no man that's afraid, and I'll march at their head."
Then he turned to the boys — " Forward, March ! Follow me."
And we marched as he said, and the Fifer, he played
The old " White Cockade," and he played it right well.
We saw Davis fall dead, but no man was afraid —
That Bridge we 'd have had, though a Thousand Men fell.
This opened the Play, and it lasted all Day,
We made Concord too hot for the Red Coats to stay;
Down the Lexington Way we stormed — Black, White, and Gray:
We were first at the Feast, and were last in the Fray.
They would turn in dismay, as Red Wolves turn at bay.
They leveled, they fired, they charged up the Road :
Cephas Willard fell dead ; he was shot in the head
As he knelt by Aunt Prudence's well-sweep to load.
John Danforth was hit just in Lexington street,
John Bridge, at that lane where you cross Beaver Falls;
And Winch and the Snows just above John Munroe's —
Swept away by one swoop of the big cannon balls.
I took Bridge on my knee, but he said : " Don't mind me :
Fill your horn from mine — let me lie where I be.
Our Fathers," says he, " that their Sons might be free,
Left their King on his Throne and came over the Sea ;
And that man is a Knave or a Fool who, to save
His life, for a Minute would live like a Slave."
Well ! all would not do. There were men good as new, —
From Rumford, from Sangus, from towns far away, —
Who filled up quick and well for each soldier that fell,
47& Murdochs Elocution.
And we drove them, and drove them, and drove them all Day.
We knew, every one, it was War that begun
When that morning's marching was only half-done.
In the hazy twilight at the coming of Night,
I crowded three buck-shot and one bullet down,
'T was my last charge of lead, and I aimed her and said :
"Good luck to you, Lobsters, in old Boston Town."
In a barn at Milk Row, Ephraim Bates and Thoreau,
And Baker and Abram and I made a bed ;
We had mighty sore feet, and we 'd nothing to eat,
But we 'd driven the Red Coats, and Amos, he said :
" It's the first time," says he, " that it 's happened to me
To march to the sea by this road where we 've come ;
But confound this whole day but we 'd all of us say,
We'd rather have spent it this way than to home."
The hunt had begun with the dawn of the sun,
And night saw the Wolf driven back to his Den.
And never since then, in the memory of Men,
Has the old Bay State seen such a hunting again.
— Edward Everett Hale.
Song of the Greek Bard.
The isles of Greece, the isles of Greece!
Where burning Sappho loved and sung,
Where grew the arts of war and peace, —
Where Delos rose, and Phcebus sprung !
Eternal summer gilds them yet,
But all, except their sun, is set.
The Scian and the Teian muse,
The hero's harp, the lover's lute,
Have found the fame your shores refuse,*
Their place of birth alone is mute
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 479
To sounds which echo further west
Than yuur sires' " Islands of the lilest."
The mountains look on Marathon —
And Marathon looks on the sea;
And musing there an hour alone,
I dream'd that (Greece might still be free;
For standing on the Persians' grave,
I could not deem myself a slave.
A king sat on the rocky brow
Which looks o'er sea-born Salamis ;
• And ships, by thousands, lay below,
And men in nations; — all were his!
He counted them at break of day —
And when the sun set where were they ?
And where are they? And where art thou,
My country? On thy voiceless shore
The heroic lay is tuneless now —
The heroic bosom beats no more !
And must thy lyre, so long divine,
Degenerate into hands like mine?
Must zue but weep o'er days more blest?
Must we but blush ? Our fathers bled.
Earth ! render back from out thy breast
A remnant of our Spartan dead !
Of the three hundred grant but three,
To make a new Thermopylae !
What, silent still? and silent all?
Ah ! no ; — the voices of the dead
Sound like a distant torrent's fall,
And answer, "Let one living head,
But one, arise, — we come, we come!"
'T is but the living who are dumb.
In vain — in vain; — strike other chords;
Fill high the cup with Samian wine!
480 Murdoch 's Elocution.
Leave battles to the Turkish hordes,
And shed the blood of Scio's vine !
Hark ! rising to the ignoble call —
How answers each bold Bacchanal !
You have the Pyrrhic dance as yet,
Where is the Pyrrhic phalanx gone ?
Of two such lessons, why forget
The nobler and the manlier one?
You have the letters Cadmus gave —
Think ye he meant them for a slave ?
Fill high the bowl with Samian wine !
We will not think of themes like these !
It made Anacreon's song divine :
He served — but served Polycrates —
A tyrant ; but our masters then
Were still, at least, our countrymen.
The tyrant of the Chersonese
Was freedom's best and bravest friend ;
That tyrant was Miltiades !
Oh that the present hour would lend
Another despot of the kind !
Such chains as his were sure to bind.
Fill high the bowl with Samian wine !
Our virgins dance beneath the shade —
I see their glorious black eyes shine ;
But gazing on each glowing maid,
My own the burning tear-drop laves,
To think such breasts must suckle slaves.
Place me on Sunium's marbled steep,
Where nothing, save the waves and I,
May hear our mutual murmurs sweep ;
There, swan-like, let me sing and die :
A land of slaves shall ne'er be mine —
Dash down yon cup of Samian wine !
—Byron.
Miscellaneous Read Digs in Poetry* 481
The Destruction of Sennacherib.
The Assyrian came down like a wolf on the fold,
And his cohorts were gleaming in purple and gold;
And the sheen of their spears was like stars on the sea,
When the blue wave rolls nightly on deep Galilee.
Like the leaves of the forest when Summer is green,
That host with their banners at sunset were seen;
Like the leaves of the forest when Autumn hath blown,
That host on the morrow lay wither'd and strown.
For the Angel of Death spread his wings on the blast,
And breathed in the face of the foe as he pass'd ;
And the eyes of the sleepers wax'd deadly and chill,
And their hearts but once heav'd, and forever grew still !
And there lay the steed with his nostril all wide,
But through it there roll'd not the breath of his pride:
And the foam of his gasping lay white on the turf,
And cold as the spray of the rock-beating surf.
And there lay the rider distorted and pale,
With the dew on his brow and the rust on his mail ;
And the tents were all silent, the banners alone,
The lances unlifted, the trumpet unblown.
And the widows of Ashur are loud in their wail,
And the idols are broke in the temple of Baal ;
And the might of the Gentile, unsmote by the sword,
Hath melted like snow in the glance of the Lord !
— Byron.
Sandalphon.
Have you read in the Talmud of old,
In the Legends the Rabbins have told
Of the limitless realms of the air, —
Have you read it, — the marvellous story
Of Sandalphon, the Angel of Glory,
Sandalphon, the Angel of Prayer?
M. E.- 41.
482 Murdoch 's Elocution.
How, erect, at the outermost gates
Of the City Celestial he waits,
With his feet on the ladder of light,
That, crowded with angels unnumbered,
By Jacob was seen, as he slumbered
Alone in the desert at night ?
The Angels of Wind and of Fire
Chaunt only one hymn, and expire
With the song's irresistible stress;
Expire in their rapture and wonder,
As harp-strings are broken asunder
By music they throb to express.
But serene in the rapturous throng,
Unmoved by the rush of the song,
With eyes unimpassioned and slow,
Among the dead angels, the deathless
Sandalphon stands listening breathless
To sounds that ascend from below; —
From the spirits on earth that adore,
From the souls that entreat and implore
In the fervor and passion of prayer;
From the hearts that are broken with losses,
And weary with dragging the crosses
Too heavy for mortals to bear.
And he gathers the prayers as he stands,
And they change into flowers in his hands,
Into garlands of purple and red ;
And beneath the great arch of the portal,
Through the streets of the City Immortal
Is wafted the fragrance they shed.
It is but a legend, I know, —
A fable, a phantom, a show,
Of the ancient Rabbinical lore;
Yet the old mediaeval tradition,
The beautiful, strange superstition,
But haunts me and holds me the more.
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry, 483
When I look from my window at night,
And the welkin above is all white,
All throbbing and panting with stars,
Among them majestic is standing
Sandalphon the angel, expanding
His pinions in nebulous bars.
And the legend, I feel, is a part
Of the hunger and thirst of the heart,
The frenzy and fire of the brain,
That grasps at the fruitage forbidden,
The golden pomegranates of Eden,
To quiet its fever and pain.
— Longfellow
The Ride of Collins Graves.
An incident of the flood in Massachusetts, on May 16, 1874.
No song of a soldier riding down
To the raging fight from Winchester town;
No song of a time that shook the earth
With the nations' throe at a nation's birth ;
But the song of a brave man, free from fear
As Sheridan's self or Paul Revere ;
Who risked what they risked, free from strife,
And its promise of glorious pay — his life !
The peaceful valley has waked and stirred,
And the answering echoes of life are heard :
The dew still clings to the trees and grass,
And the early toilers smiling pass,
As they glance aside at the white-walled homes,
Or up the valley, where merrily comes
The brook that sparkles in diamond rills
As the sun comes over the Hampshire hills.
What was it, that passed like an ominous breath-
Like a shiver of fear, or a touch of death ?
484 Murdoch's Elocution.
What was it? The valley is peaceful still,
And the leaves are afire on top of the hill.
It was not a sound — nor a thing of sense —
But a pain, like the pang of the short suspense
That thrills the being of those who see
At their feet the gulf of Eternity !
The air of the valley has felt the chill :
The workers pause at the door of the mill ;
The housewife, keen to the shivering air,
Arrests her foot on the cottage stair,
Instinctive taught by the mother love,
And thinks of the sleeping ones above.
Why start the listeners? Why does the course
Of the mill-stream widen ? Is it a horse —
Hark to the sound of his hoofs, they say-
That gallops so wildly Williamsburg way !
God ! what was that, like a human shriek
From the winding valley? Will nobody speak?
Will nobody answer those women who cry,
As the awful warnings thunder by ?
Whence come they ? Listen ! And now they hear
The sound of the galloping horse-hoofs near;
They watch the trend of the vale, and see
The rider who thunders so menacingly,
With waving arms and warning scream
To the home-filled banks of the valley stream.
He draws no rein, but he shakes the street
With a shout and the ring of the galloping feet;
And this the cry he flings to the wind :
"To the hills for your lives! The flood is behind!"
He cries and is gone; but they know the worst —
The breast of the Williamsburg dam has burst!
The basin that nourished their happy homes
Is changed to a demon — It comes! it comes!
A monster in aspect, with shaggy front
Of shattered dwellings, to take the brunt
Of the homes they shatter — white maned and hoarse,
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 485
The merciless Terror Tills the course
Of the narrow valley, and rushing raves,
With Death on the fust of its hissing waves,
Till eottage and street and crowded mill
Are crumbled and crushed.
But onward still,
In front of the roaring flood is heard
The galloping horse and the warning word.
Thank God! the brave man's life is spared!
From Williamsburg town he nobly dared
To race with the flood and take the road
In front of the terrible swath it mowed.
For miles it thundered and crashed behind,
But he looked ahead with a steadfast mind;
"They must be warned!" was all he said,
As away on his terrible ride he sped.
When heroes are called for, bring the crown
To this Yankee rider; send him down
On the stream of time with the Curtius old ;
His deed as the Roman's was brave and bold,
And the tale can as noble a thrill awake,
For he offered his life for the people's sake.
— John Boyle O'Reilly
Paraphrase of Shakespeare's Crabbed Age and Youth.
Out, out, Old Age! aroint ye!
I fain would disappoint ye,
Nor wrinkled grow and learned
Before I am inurned.
Ruthless the hours, and hoary,
That scatter ills before ye !
Thy touch is pestilential,
Thy lays are penitential;
486 Murdoch ' s Elocution.
With stealthy steps thou stealest,
And life's warm tide congealest ;
Before thee vainly flying,
We are already dying.
Why must the blood grow colder,
And men and maidens older?
Bring not thy maledictions,
Thy grewsome, grim, afflictions,
Thy bodings bring not hither,
To make us blight and wither ;
When this thy frost hath bound us,
All fairest things around us
Seem Youth's divine extortion,
In which we have no portion.
"Fie, Senex!" saith a lass now,
" What need ye of a glass, now ?
Though flower of May be springing,
And I my songs am singing,
Thy blood no whit the faster
Doth flow, my ancient master!"
Age is by Youth delighted,
Youth is by Age affrighted ;
Blithe, sunny May and joysome,
Still finds December noisome.
Alack ! a guest unbidden,
Howe'er our feast be hidden,
Doth enter with the feaster,
And make a Lent of Easter!
I would thou wert not able
To seat thee at our table ;
I would that altogether,
P'rom this thy wintry weather,
Since Youth and Love must leave us,
Death might at once retrieve us.
Old wizard, ill betide ye !
I can not yet abide ye !
Ah, Youth, sweet Youth, I love ye !
There's naught on earth above ye!
Thou purling bird uncaged,
That never wilt grow aged, —
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 487
To whom each day is giving
Increase of joyous living !
Soft words to thee are spoken,
For thee strong vows are broken ;
All loves and lovers cluster
To bask them in thy lustre.
Ah, girlhood, pout and dimple,
Half-hid beneath the wimple !
Ah, boyhood, blithe and cruel,
Whose heat doth need no fuel,
No help of wine and spices,
And frigid Eld's devices!
All pleasant things ye find ye,
And to your sweet selves bind ye.
For ye alone the motion
Of brave ships on the ocean ;
All stars for ye are shining,
All wreaths your foreheads twining;
All joys, your joys decreeing,
Are portions of your being. —
All fairest sights your features,
Ye selfish, soulful creatures !
Sing me no more distiches
Of glory, wisdom, riches;
Tell me no beldame's story
Of wisdom, wealth, and glory !
To Youth these are a wonder :
To Age, a corpse-light under
The tomb with rusted portal
Of that which seemed immortal.
I, too, in youth's dear fetter,
Will love my foeman better, —
Aye, though his ill I study, —
So he be young and ruddy,
Than comrade true and golden,
So he be waxen olden.
Ah, winsome Youth, stay by us:
I prithee, do not fly us!
Ah, Youth, sweet Youth, I love ye!
There's naught on earth above ye!
488 Murdoch's Elocution.
Antony and Cleopatra.
I AM dying, Egypt, dying,
Ebbs the crimson life-tide fast,
And the dark Plutonian shadows
Gather on the evening blast;
Let thine arm, oh Queen, enfold me,
Hush thy sobs and bow thine ear,
Listen to the great heart secrets
Thou, and thou alone, must hear.
Though my scarred and veteran legions
Bear their eagles high no more,
And my wrecked and scattered galleys
Strew dark Actium's fatal shore;
Though no glittering guards surround me,
Prompt to do their master's will,
I must perish like a Roman,
Die the great Triumvir still.
Let not Caesar's servile minions
Mock the lion thus laid low;
'Twas no foeman's arm that felled him,
'Twas his own that struck the blow —
His who, pillowed on thy bosom,
Turned aside from glory's ray —
His who, drunk with thy caresses,
Madly threw a world away.
Should the base plebeian rabble
Dare assail my name at Rome,
Where the noble spouse, Octavia,
Weeps within her widowed home,
Seek her ; say the gods bear witness,
Altars, augurs, circling wings,
That her blood, with mine commingled,
Yet shall mount the thrones of kings.
And for thee, star-eyed Egyptian !
Glorious sorceress of the Nile,
Light the path to Stygian horrors
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 489
With the splendors of thy smile;
Give the Qusar crowns and arches,
Let his brow the laurel twine,
I can scorn the senate's triumphs,
Triumphing in love like thine.
I am dying, Egypt, dying;
Hark! the insulting foeman's cry,
They are coming; quick, my falchion,
Let me front them ere I die.
Ah, no more amid the battle
Shall my heart exulting swell,
Isis and Osiris guard thee,
Cleopatra, Rome, farewell!
— Wm. H. Lytle.
Thomas Buchanan Read.
The following poem was suggested by a visit to the tomb of Mr. Read at
Laurel Hill, Philadelphia.
I stand within a garden, where the fairest flowers bloom,
And art and nature harmonize, in beauty and perfume ;
But, on this mound, a sepulchre its granite tribute rears,
And here I lay a garland, wet with many loving tears.
I mourn for one whose mind was like a many-sided gem
Effulgent with prismatic rays, — a regal diadem :
A friend, whose kindly influence was like the golden light,
Which, at its dawning, dissipates the shadows of the night.
A poet, gifted to evoke weird music from his lyre ;
To fill the hearts of listening throngs with patriotic fire;
To draw the aged and the young, enchanted, to his feet,
Inspiring faith, and hope, and love, in accents soft and sweet.
A poet-artist, by whose touch, as on a mirror thrown,
Imagination's fairest forms, in living lines were shown : —
Whose pictures were all poems, full of fancy, grace and thought;
Whose poems were all pictures, with immortal beauty wrought.
— Francis DeIIaes Janvier.
490 Murdoch' s Elocution.
Song from "The Wild Wagoner of the Alleghanies. ;
I.
Where sweeps round the mountains
The cloud on the gale,
And streams from their fountains
Leap into the vale, —
Like frighted deer leap when
The storm with his pack
Rides over the steep in
The wild torrent's track, —
Even there my free home is;
There watch I the flocks
Wander white as the foam is
In stairways of rocks.
Secure in the gorge there
In freedom we sing,
And laugh at King George, where
The eagle is king.
II.
I mount the wild horse with
No saddle or rein,
And guide his swift course with
A grasp on his mane ;
Through paths steep and narrow,
And scorning the crag,
I chase with my arrow
The flight of the stag.
Through snow-drifts engulfing,
I follow the bear,
And face the gaunt wolf when
He snarls in his lair,
And watch through the gorge there
The red panther spring,
And laugh at King George, where
The eagle is king.
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 491
in.
When April is sounding
His horn o'er the hills,
And brooklets are bounding
In joy to the mills, —
When warm August slumbers
Among her green leaves,
And harvest encumbers
Her garners with sheaves, —
When the flail of November
Is swinging with might,
And the miller December
Is mantled with white, —
In field and in forge there
The free-hearted sing,
And laugh at King George, where
The eagle is king.
— T. Buchanan Read.
Dying in Harness.
Only a fallen horse, stretched out there on the road,
Stretched in the broken shafts, and crushed by the heavy load ;
Only a fallen horse, and a circle of wondering eyes
Watching the 'frighted teamster goading the beast to rise.
Hold ! for his toil is over — no more labor for him ;
See the poor neck outstretched, and the patient eyes grow dim ;
See on the friendly stones how peacefully rests the head —
Thinking, if dumb beasts think, how good it is to be dead;
After the weary journey, how restful it is to lie
With the broken shafts and the cruel load — waiting only to die.
Watchers, he died in harness — died in the shafts and straps —
Fell, and the burden killed him : one of the day's mishaps —
One of the passing wonders marking the city road —
A toiler dying in harness, heedless of call or goad.
49 2 Murdoch's Elocution.
Passers, crowding the pathway, staying your steps awhile,
What is the symbol? Only death — why should we cease to smile
At death for a beast of burden? On, through the busy street
That is ever and ever echoing the tread of the hurrying feet.
What was the sign ? A symbol to touch the tireless will ?
Does He who taught in parables speak in parables still ?
The seed on the rock is wasted — on heedless hearts of men,
That gather and sow and grasp and lose — labor and sleep — and then —
Then for the prize ! — a crowd in the street of ever-echoing tread —
The toiler, crushed by the heavy load, is there in his harness —
dead!
— John Boyle O'Retlly.
Mary of Castle Cary.
Saw ye my wee thing ? saw ye my ain thing ?
Saw ye my true-love down by yon lea ?
Crossed she the meadow, yestreen, at the gloaming?
Sought she the burnie, where flowers the haw-tree ?
Her hair it is lint-white; her skin it is milk-white;
Dark is the blue o' her saft-rolling ee!
Red, red her ripe lips, and sweeter than roses;
Where could my wee thing wander frae me ? "
I sawna your wee thing; I sawna your ain thing;
Nor saw I your true-love down by yon lea ;
But I met my bonnie thing late in the gloaming,
Down by the burnie where flowers the haw-tree.
Her hair it was lint-white; her skin it was milk-white
Dark was the blue o' her saft-rolling ee !
Red were her ripe lips, and sweeter than roses;
Sweet were the kisses that she gae to me."
It wasna my wee thing ; it wasna mine ain thing ;
Is wasna my true-love ye met by the tree ;
Proud is her leal heart, and modest her nature;
She never lo'ed ony till ance she lo'ed me.
Miscellaneous Readings i?i Poetry. 493
'Her name it is Mary; she 's frae Caslle Cary,
Aft has she sat when a bairn on my knee;
Fair as your face is, vvere't fifty times fairer,
Young braggar, she ne'er wa'd gie kisses to thee."
It was then your Mary; she's frae Castle Cary;
It was then your true-love I met by the tree;
Proud as her heart is, and modest her nature,
Sweet were the kisses that she gae to me."
Sair gloomed his dark brow; blood red his cheek grew;
Wild flashed the fire frae his red-rolling ee !
"Ye's rue sair this morning your boasting and scorning,
Defend ye, fause traitor, fu' loudly ye lie!"
Awa wi' beguiling," cried the youth smiling;
Aff gade the bonnet, the lint-white lock flee;
The belted plaid fa'ing, her white bosom sha'ing,
Fair stood the loved maid wi' the dark-rolling ee!
! Is it my wee thing? is it mine ain thing?
Is it my true-love here that I see?"
" O, Jamie, forgie me! your heart's constant to me —
J '11 never mair wander, dear laddie, frae thee."
— Hector Macneil.
The Spinning-Wheel Song*
Mellow the moonlight to shjne is beginning;
Close by the window young Eileen is spinning ;
Bent o'er the fire, her blind grandmother, sitting,
Is croaning, and moaning, and drowsily knitting —
" Eileen, achora, I hear some one tapping."
"'Tis the ivy, dear mother, against the glass flapping."
" Eileen, I surely hear somebody sighing."
"'Tis the sound, mother dear, of the summer wind dying."
Merrily, cheerily, noisily whirring,
Swings the wheel, spins the reel, while the foot 's stirring ;
Sprightly, and lightly, and airily ringing,
Thrills the sweet voice of the young maiden singing.
494 Murdoch's Elocution.
"What's that noise that I hear at the window, I wonder?"
"'Tis the little birds chirping the holly-bush under."
"What makes you be shoving and moving your stool on,
And singing all wrong that old song of 'The Coolun?'"
There 's a form at the casement — the form of her true love —
And he whispers, with face bent, "I'm waiting for you, love;
Get up on the stool, through the lattice step lightly,
We'll rove in the grove while the moon's shining brightly."
Merrily, cheerily, noisily whirring,
Swings the wheel, spins the reel, while the foot 's stirring ;
Sprightly, and lightly, and airily ringing,
Thrills the sweet voice of the young maiden singing.
The maid shakes her head, on her lip lays her fingers,
Steals up from her seat — longs to go, and yet lingers;
A frightened glance turns to her drowsy grandmother,
Puts one foot on the stool, spins the wheel with the other.
Lazily, easily, swings now the wheel round ;
Slowly and lowly is heard now the reel's sound ;
Noiseless and light to the lattice above her
The maid steps — then leaps to the arms of her lover.
Slower — and slower — and slower the wheel swings ;
Lower — and lower — and lower the reel rings ;
Ere the reel and the wheel stop their ringing and moving,
Through the grove the young lovers by moonlight are roving.
— John Francis Waller.
Catawba Wine.
This song of mine
Is a song of the Vine,
To be sung by the glowing embers
Of wayside inns,
When the rain begins
To darken the drear Novembers.
Miscellaneous Readi7igs in Poetry. 495
It is not a song
Of the Scuppernong,
From warm Carolinian valleys,
Nor the Isabel
And the Muscadel
That bask in our garden alleys.
Nor the red Mustang,
Whose clusters hang
O'er the waves of the Colorado,
And the fiery flood
Of whose purple blood
Has a dash of Spanish bravado.
For richest and best
Is the wine of the West,
That grows by the Beautiful River;
Whose sweet perfume
Fills all the room
With a benison on the giver.
And as hollow trees
Are the haunts of bees,
Forever going and coming;
So this crystal hive
Is all alive
With a swarming and buzzing and humming.
Very good in its way
Is the Verzenay,
Or the Sillery soft and creamy ;
But Catawba wine
Has a taste more divine,
More dulcet, delicious, and dreamy.
There grows no vine
By the haunted Rhine,
By Danube or Guadalquiver,
Nor on island or cape,
That bears such a grape
As grows by the Beautiful Pviver.
496 Murdoch ' s Elocution.
Drugged is their juice
For foreign use,
When shipped o'er the reeling Atlantic,
To rack our brains
With the fever pains,
That have driven the Old World frantic.
To the sewers and sinks
With all such drinks,
And after them tumble the mixer;
For a poison malign
Is such Borgia wine,
Or at best but a Devil's Elixir.
While pure as a spring
Is the wine I sing,
And to praise it, one needs but name it ;
For Catawba wine
Has need of no sign,
No tavern-bush to proclaim it.
And this Song of the Vine,
This greeting of mine,
The winds and the birds shall deliver
To the Queen of the West,
In her garlands dressed,
On the banks of the Beautiful River.
— Longfellow.
The King of Yvetot.
Thkre reigned a king in Yvetot,
But little known in story,
Who, stranger all to grief and woe,
Slept soundly without glory.
His night-cap tied by Jenny's care
(The only crown this king would wear,
He 'd snooze !
Ha, ha, ha! Ho, ho, ho!
The merrv monarch of Yvetot.
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 497
His jolly court he held each day,
'Neath humble roof of rushes green,
And on a donkey riding gay
Through all his kingdom might be seen,
A happy soul; and thinking well,
His only guard was — sooth to tell —
His dog.
Ha, ha, ha! Ho, ho, ho!
The merry monarch of Yvetot.
No harsh exacting lord was he,
To grasp more than his folks could give,
But mild howe'er a king may be,
His Majesty you know, must live;
And no man e'er a bumper fill'd,
Until the jovial prince had swill'd
His share.
Ha, ha, ha! Ho, ho, ho!
The merry monarch of Yvetot.
He ne'er sought to enlarge his States;
But was a neighbor just and kind.
A pattern to all potentates,
Would they his bright example mind.
The only tears he ever caused to fall,
Was when he died — which you can't call
His fault.
Ha, ha, ha ! Ho, ho, ho !
The merry monarch of Yvetot.
— Beranger.
Nearer, My God, to Thee.
Nearer, my God, to Thee,
Nearer to Thee !
E'en though it be a cross
That raiseth me;
Still all my song shall be, —
Nearer, my God, to Thee,
Nearer to Thee !
M. E.-42.
498 Murdochs Elocution.
Though, like the wanderer,
The sun gone down,
Darkness be over me,
My rest a stone;
Yet in my dreams I 'd be
Nearer, my God, to Thee, —
Nearer to Thee !
There let the way appear,
Steps unto heaven ;
All that Thou sendest me,
In mercy given ;
Angels to beckon me
Nearer, my God, to Thee,—
Nearer to Thee !
Then with my waking thoughts,
Bright with Thy praise,
Out of my stony griefs,
Bethel I '11 raise ;
So by my woes to be
Nearer, my God, to Thee, —
Nearer to Thee!
Or if on joyful wing,
Cleaving the sky,
Sun, moon, and stars forgot,
Upward I fly;
Still all my song shall be, —
Nearer, my God, to Thee,
Nearer to Thee.
— Sarah F. Adams.
A Hymn.
When all thy mercies, my God,
My rising soul surveys,
Transported with the view, I 'm lost
In wonder, love, and praise.
Miscellaneous Readings in Poetry. 499
O how shall words with equal warmth,
The gratitude declare,
That glows within my ravished breast? —
But Thou canst read it there!
Thy providence my life sustained,
And all my wants redrest,
When in the silent womb I lay,
And hung upon the breast.
To all my weak complaints and cries
Thy mercies lent an ear,
Ere yet my feeble thoughts had learnt
To form themselves in prayer.
Unnumbered comforts to my soul
Thy tender care bestowed,
Before my infant heart conceived
From whence those comforts flowed.
— Joseph Addison.
A Safe Stronghold.
Translated by Thomas Carlyle from the German of Martin Luther.
A Safe Stronghold our God is still,
A trusty shield and weapon ;
He '11 help us clear from all the ill
That hath us now o'ertaken,
The ancient prince of hell
Hath risen with purpose fell ;
Strong mail of craft and power
He weareth in this hour —
On earth is not his fellow.
By force of arms we nothing can —
Full soon were we down-ridden ;
But for us fights the proper man,
Whom God himself hath bidden,
Ask ye, Who is this same ?
500 Murdoch's Elocution.
Christ Jesus is His name,
The Lord Zebaoth's Son —
He and no other one
Shall conquer in the battle.
And were this world all devils o'er,
And watching to devour us,
We lay it not to heart so sore —
Not they can overpower us.
And let the prince of ill
Look grim as e'er he will,
He harms us not a whit;
For why? His doom is writ —
A word shall quickly slay him.
God's word, for all their craft and force,
One moment will not linger;
But, spite of hell, shall have its course—
'T is written by His finger.
And though they take our life,
Goods, honor, children, wife,
Yet is their profit small ;
These things shall vanish all —
The city of God remainuth.
INDEX
Prose Extracts.
TITLE.
Man Higher than his Dwelling-place
Latent Principles of Religion
Unwritten Music ....
Recollections of a Gifted Woman
The Professor at the Breakfast Table
The Musical Instrument
The Sketch-book
The Nature of True Eloquence
The Music of Nature
Analysis of Hamlet's Speech
Words
Qualities of a Well Regulated Mind
O come, let us sing unto the Lord
Manners ......
Recitation .....
Spartacus to the Gladiators at Capua
Song of Israel ....
The Nobility of Labor .
Taste and Genius ....
South Carolina and Massachusetts
Patriotism .....
The beauty of Israel is slain upon Thy
Then Job answered and said
Reading the Scriptures and other Holy
Without God in the World .
Lord Thurlow's Reply to the Duke of
Song of Moses ....
high pla
Books
Grafton
PACE
138
138
140
140
141
142
158
163
182
203
296
298
300
309
310
310
3"
312
3*7
330
336
34i
358
359
389
392
394
(501)
5° 2
Index.
Poetical Extracts.
FIRST LINE.
A bow-shot from her bower eaves
A fool, a fool! — I met a fool i' th' forest .
Alack, I am afraid they have awak'd .
And ever when the moon was low
And here his course the chieftain staid
And shall the mortal sons of God
And wherefore should these good news make me sick
Angels and ministers of grace defend us
As Sir Launfal made morn through the darksome gat
At midnight in his guarded tent .
Away ! — away ! — and on we dash .
Ay, Proteus, but that life is alter'd now
Ayr gurgling kiss'd his pebbled shore .
Beshrew your heart, for sending me about .
Breathes there a man with soul so dead
But, lo ! the dome — the vast and wondrous dome
But William answer'd short ....
Come pensive Nun devout and pure
Content! the good, the golden mean .
Death is here, and death is there
Down the dimpled greensward dancing
Hail! holy Light, offspring of Heav'n first born
Hear what Highland Nora said .
He who hath bent him o'er the dead .
Him have I seen ! oh, sight to cheer .
How far, how very far it seemed
I charm thy life from the weapons of strife
I chatter over stony ways .
I conjure you, by that which you profess .
I had a dream, which was not all a dream
I said to the rose ......
Is there a way to forget to think
Index.
503
FIRST LINK.
It was an eve of autumn's holiest mood
I who assayed to sing in earlier clays .
Last came Joy's ecstatic trial
Leave wringing of your hands
Let me play the Fool .
Lochiel, Lochiel, beware of the day
Lord Cardinal, to you I speak
Most potent, grave, and reverend signiors
Never, Iago. Like to the Pontic Sea .
Oh for a tongue to curse the slave
Oh listen, man, a voice within us speaks the startling word
Oh sweet is the sound of the shuttle and loom
Once at midnight, just as Arktos .
Once more unto the breach, dear friends
On me exercise not thy hatred for this misery befallen
O now forever, Farewell the tranquil mind .
O sleep, O gentle sleep ....
O woe to you, ye lofty halls
Pack clouds away, and welcome day
Queen of the silver bow, by thy pale beam
Search there, nay, probe me
Sing the bridal of nations ....
So as I sat upon Appledore ....
Some words on language may be well applied
Stay, lady — stay for mercy's sake .
Stay you that bear the corpse, and set it down
Tchassan Ouglou is on .
That I did love thee, Ccesar, O 't is true
The angel with great joy received his guests
The armaments, which thunder-strike the walls of rock-built
cities .......
The cock is crowing, the stream is flowing .
PAGE
136
157
345
339
345
33o
186
392
164
325
160
161
144
393
375
161
300
145
137
344
300
308
297
343
324
313
164
181
395
362
504
Index.
FIRST LINE.
Then sing, ye birds, sing, sing a joyous song
The spring, she is a blessed thing
The vaults beneath the mosaic stone .
They do me wrong and I will not endure it
Thou from primeval nothingness didst call .
Three times shall a young foot-page
'Tis a time for memory and for tears .
Too hard to bear! why did they take me thence
299
362
293
326
158
357
335
329
Upon the king ! let us our lives, our souls .
139
Waken, lords and ladies gay ....
War! war! no peace! peace is to me a war
We come ! we come ! and ye feel our might
What is eternity ? .
What ! while our arms can wield these blades
Whence and what art thou, execrable shape
When Duncan is asleep ....
Who is it that hath warn'd us to the walls
Within 't was brilliant all and light
With thee, sweet Hope, resides the heavenly light
160
339
36i
360
165
325
171
155
317
336
Yet, like some sweet, beguiling melody
Yon deep bark goes where traffic blows
162
337
V>
\*